Kimball Office Systems Page 327
Table of ContentsFootprint
Footprint Worksurfaces
Worksurfaces & Support See page
Statement of Line
13⁄16" Worksurfaces page 32819⁄16" Worksurfaces page 329Transaction Counters page 330Table Tops page 331Support page 332
Planning
Overview page 336Product Information page 337Application Guidelines page 338
Pricing & Specifying
13⁄16" Worksurfaces page 35019⁄16" Worksurfaces page 416Transaction Counters page 431Table Tops page 434Support page 436
Mobile See page
Statement of Line
Mobile Tables page 450
Planning
Overview page 451
Pricing & Specifying
Mobile Tables page 452
Storage See page
Statement of Line
Undersurface Storage page 457
Overhead Storage page 459
Vertical Storage page 461
Planning
Overview page 463
Product Information page 464
Filing Capacities page 467
Locking Information page 476
Lock Core Requirements page 477
Pricing & Specifying
Undersurface Storage page 479
Overhead Storage page 492
Vertical Storage page 510
®
** Effective August 15, 2012 **
Kimball Office Systems Page 328
13⁄16" Worksurfaces Statement of Line
Note: Right-hand worksurfacesare shown. Shapes marked withan asterisk (*) are unique to the13⁄16" offering.
13⁄16" Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Wood Sloped Softened (F) Edge (S)
IMPORTANT: All rim profiles arenot available on all worksurfaceshapes.See applicable pricing page.
Grommets:Factory-installed grommetsare available through elec -tronic specification tools forsingle and double rim worksur -faces. Factory-installed grommetoption includes black plasticgrommet (models 99KG50,99KG60, 99KG80); upcharge of$68 per grommet applies.
Grommet locations are indicatedon the illustrations at right. L = Left R = RightC = CenterNote: Not all grommet locationsare available for all surfaces. Useelectronic specification tools foravailable options.
FootprintSee page
Overview page 336
Product Information page 337
Application Guidelinespage 338
Worksurfaces & Support
Serpentine*Available in left and right models.See pages 362– 363 to specify.
Extended Straight*Available in left and right models.See pages 378– 401 to specify.
Extended Arc*Available in left and right models.See page 402 to specify.
StraightSee pages 350– 356 to specify.
ArcSee page 357 to specify.
Wedge*Available in left and right models.See pages 358– 361 to specify.
L C RL R
L C R L C R
L R
L
C R
Serpentine Corner*Available in left and right models.See pages 373– 376 to specify.
C
L
R
120° Curved Corner*Available in left and right models.See pages 377 to specify.
CornerAvailable in curved, straight, split, andextended curved* models.See pages 364– 372 to specify.
C C C
Extended P TopsAvailable in left and right models.See page 407 to specify.
Extended U TopsAvailable in left and right models.See pages 408– 409 to specify.
L
C
R
L
C
R
Extended Wedge*Available in left and right models.See pages 404– 406 to specify.
L
C R
P TopsAvailable in left and right models.See page 410 to specify.
U TopsAvailable with full radius or crowned end*.See pages 411– 412 to specify.
L
C
R
L
C
R
D-Shape and Wedge Spanner*See page 413 to specify.
Quarter Round*See page 414 to specify.
L
CR
Wire Manager Filler CapsSee page 415 to specify.
Kimball Office Systems Page 329
19⁄16" Worksurfaces Statement of Line
19⁄16" Rim Profiles:
Self Edge (J) Plastic (P)
Waterfall (K) Wood Softened (F)
Wood Reed (W) Wood Scalloped (X)
Wood Transitional (E)
IMPORTANT: All rim profiles arenot available on all worksurfaceshapes.See applicable pricing page.
Grommets:Factory-installed grommetsare available through elec -tronic specification tools forsingle and double rim worksur -faces. Factory-installed grommetoption includes black plasticgrommet (models 99KG50,99KG60, 99KG80); upcharge of$68 per grommet applies.
Grommet locations are indicatedon the illustrations at right.L = Left R = RightC = CenterNote: Not all grommet locationsare available for all surfaces. Useelectronic specification tools foravailable options.
FootprintSee page
Overview page 336
Product Information page 337
Application Guidelinespage 338
Worksurfaces & Support
Footprint Worksurfaces
Extended P TopsAvailable in left and right models.See page 422 to specify.
Extended U TopsAvailable in left and right models.See page 423 to specify.
U TopsSee page 425 to specify.
Straight CornerSee pages 426– 427 to specify.
Curved CornerSee pages 429– 430 to specify.
P TopsAvailable in left and right models.See page 424 to specify.
Straight Split CornerSee page 428 to specify.
StraightSee pages 416– 420 to specify.
ArcSee page 421 to specify.
L C RL R
L
C
R
L
C
R
L
C
R
L
C
R
C C
C
Wire Manager Filler CapsSee page 415 to specify.
Kimball Office Systems Page 330
Transaction Counters Statement of LineFootprintSee page
Overview page 336
Product Information page 337
Application Guidelinespage 338
Worksurfaces & Support
Straight Transaction CounterSee page 431 to specify.
For Use with Xsite and Interworks EQ:
For Use with Cetra:
Straight Transaction CounterSee page 432 to specify.
Straight Counter SoffitSee page 433 to specify.
End Counter SoffitSee page 433 to specify.
Kimball Office Systems Page 331
Table Tops Statement of LineFootprintSee page
Overview page 336
Product Information page 337
Application Guidelinespage 345
Worksurfaces & Support
Footprint Worksurfaces
Round Table TopsAvailable in 13⁄16" and 19⁄16"thicknesses.See pages 434– 435 to specify.
Square Table TopsAvailable in 13⁄16" thickness only.See page 434 to specify.
Rectangular Table TopsAvailable in 13⁄16" thickness only.See page 434 to specify.
Racetrack Table TopsAvailable in 13⁄16" and 19⁄16"thicknesses.See pages 434– 435 to specify.
Kimball Office Systems Page 332
Worksurface Support Statement of LineFootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Application Guidelinespage 338
Worksurfaces & Support
Xsite Worksurface Edge SupportSee page 436 to specify.
Xsite Adjustable Mid-Support and Flat BracketsSee page 436 to specify.
Xsite Transaction Counter See page 436 to specify.
Xsite End-Support LegSee page 436 to specify.
Xsite Stick Support LegSee page 436 to specify.
For Use with Xsite:
Cetra Edge BracketsSee page 437 to specify.
Cetra CantileversSee page 438 to specify.
Cetra Support PanelsSee page 438 to specify.
Cetra Drop and Flat BracketsSee page 437 to specify.
For Use with Cetra:
Xsite MId-Support LegSee page 436 to specify.
Kimball Office Systems Page 333
Worksurface Support Statement of Line, continuedFootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Application Guidelinespage 342
Worksurfaces & Support
Footprint Worksurfaces
Interworks EQ Edge Support BracketsSee page 439 to specify.
Interworks EQ CantileverBracketsSee page 440 to specify.
Interworks EQ Support PanelsSee page 440 to specify.
Interworks EQ Drop and FlatBracketsSee page 439 to specify.
Interworks EQ TransactionCounter BracketsSee page 439 to specify.
For Use with Interworks EQ:
Kimball Office Systems Page 334
Worksurface Support Statement of Line, continuedFootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Application Guidelinespage 344
Worksurfaces & Support
Traxx Worksurface BracketsSee page 441 to specify.
Freestanding End SupportsAvailable in wood and laminate.See page 442 to specify.
Freestanding Corner SupportsAvailable in wood and laminate.See page 442 to specify.
Modesty PanelsAvailable in wood and laminate.See page 443 to specify.
Metal Support PanelsAvailable in half and full models.See page 444 to specify.
Metal Return Support PanelsAvailable in 8" and 12"W models.See page 444 to specify.
Metal Corner PostsSee page 444 to specify.
Freestanding Undersurface Support PanelAvailable in wood and laminate.See page 442 to specify.
Metal Worksurface SupportPanelsSee page 444 to specify.
Metal Modesty PanelsSee page 445 to specify.
Support Panel BracketsSee page 446 to specify.
For Use with Traxx and Freestanding Applications:
Kimball Office Systems Page 335
Worksurface Support Statement of Line, continuedFootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Application Guidelinespage 348
Worksurfaces & Support
Footprint Worksurfaces
Gusset BracketSee page 446 to specify.
Column LegsSee page 446 to specify.
Tapered LegsSee page 446 to specify.
Decorative Support Legs and InsertsSee page 447 to specify.
Cylinder BaseSee page 449 to specify.
Half Cylinder BaseSee page 449 to specify.
T- and X-BasesSee page 448 to specify.
Adjustable Column LegsSee page 446 to specify.
Metal Modesty PanelsSee page 447 to specify.
Universal Support:
13⁄16" Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Wood Sloped Softened (F) Edge (S)
Three rim profiles are availableon 13⁄16" worksurfaces: sloped,plastic, and wood softened. Slopedrim is available on thermofoilworksurfaces only. Plastic rim isavail able on laminate worksurfacesonly. The wood softened rim isavailable on laminate or woodworksurfaces.
19⁄16" Rim Profiles:
Self Edge Plastic (P) Waterfall (K)(J)
Wood Wood WoodSoftened (F) Reed (W) Scalloped (X)
Wood Transitional (E)
Seven rim profiles are availableon 19⁄16" worksurfaces. Self edge,plastic, and waterfall rim profiles areavailable on laminate work surfacesonly. Wood softened, reed,scalloped, and transitional rimprofiles are available on laminate orwood worksurfaces.IMPORTANT: All rim profiles arenot available on all worksurfaceshapes. See pricing pages.
Kimball Office Systems Page 336
Worksurfaces Overview
Options:Worksurfaces are available inthree rim options—wire manager,single rim, and double rim. Note: Only select shapes areavailable with double rim.See appropriate pricing page foravailable rim options.
Wire Single DoubleManager Rim Rim
Wire manager option has theselected rim detail on the frontedge and a wire manager on theback edge. Side edges arefinished to match the top surface. Exception: Sides on 13⁄16"laminate surfaces with plastic rim(P) are finished to match the rim.
Single-rim option has theselected rim detail on the frontedge only. Sides and back arefinished to match the front rim.
Double-rim option has the rimdetail on the front and backedges. Sides are finished tomatch the front and back rims.
Custom modifications areavailable at an upcharge on selectmodels without running throughas a special order. These includefactory-installed grommets, wiremanagers, rims, mitering, andspecial dimensions. Use anelectronic specification tool.
Footprint
Worksurfaces & Support
Worksurfaces have a solid corewith a laminate (HPL), wood, orthermofoil surface. Thermofoilworksurfaces feature a protectivepolymer layer that is heat formed overan MDF core.
Undersurface storage andmodesty panels can be used withworksurfaces to create freestandingapplications.
Additional support can beprovided by mid-supports,cantilevers, pedestals, columnlegs, and support panels.
Traxx brackets attach worksurface to bottom Traxx inTraxx-mounted applications.
Worksurface can be panel or Traxx mounted, or used infreestanding applications. XsiteTraxx mounted worksurfaces allowfor flexible horizontal positioningwhich provides exceptional off-modular capabilities. Slots on Cetraand Interworks EQ panels allowworksurfaces to be mounted at any height in 1" increments.
Corner and end supports areavailable to create freestandingmodular casegoods.
Xsite Traxx-Mounted
Traxx/Panel Mounted
Freestanding
Kimball Office Systems Page 337
WorksurfacesProduct Information
Finishes and Materials:Worksurfaces
• Thermofoil • Laminate • Wood
Rims• Sloped on thermofoil
worksurface• Plastic on laminate worksurface • Wood on laminate or wood
worksurface• Laminate on 19/16" laminate
worksurface with self edge orwaterfall rim
Wire Manager• Plastic, specified to coorindinate
with worksurface
Custom Modifications:Custom modifications canbe specified using anelectronic specificationtool for select models withoutrunning through as a specialorder. These include factory-installed grommets, additionalwire managers, rims, or mitering.Special dimensions are availableon straight worksurfaces byspecifying the next largerstandard model and selectingthe special cut down dimensionoption. Upcharges apply; notavailable on Kwik Office models.Note: Special dimensions onworksurface shapes other thanstraight must be custom quoted.
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Application Guidelinespage 338
Worksurfaces & Support
Footprint Worksurfaces
DetailsTwo worksurface thicknessesare available: 13/16" and 19/16".
IMPORTANT: While the 13/16" and19/16" worksurfaces are offered in thesame materials, they are not inter -changeable and cannot be used nextto each other.
Wire manager profile work -surfaces have a flexible rubbertrough that allows cords and cablesto be routed along the back edge ofthe worksurface.
Tables are ideal for private officesand team work areas. Two table topthicknesses are available—13⁄16" and 19⁄16"—to complement theworksurface offering.
Cylinder and half-cylinder basesare available for use with table tops.Table support bases include an anti-tip weight.
Connections
When using straight work - surfaces with sloped rimsperpen dicular to each other, there will be a valley where the slopesmeet. It is recommended thatextended worksurfaces be specifiedwhere possible to eliminate the valley between surfaces.
Worksurfaces can be scribed onsite to conform to oblique angles,irregular column placement, andhistorical preservation guidelines.
Planning Factors
Workstations using curvilinearworksurfaces need specialplanning to ensure there is properclearance. Some curved work -surfaces, such as the wedge orextended wedge, will extend into theworkspace making the work area toonarrow for a chair. Specify cornersurface in appropriate size to provideample workspace.See pricing pages for dimensions.
IMPORTANT: When using curvilinearworksurfaces, it is recommended thatmobile undersurface storage is used.
Standard grain direction forwood, woodgrain laminate, andwoodgrain thermofoilworksurfaces runs the length of the worksurface. However, dependingon the worksurface shape and thematerial, the direction can vary.See pricing pages for grain directionon specific worksurface models.
Note: Special attention should begiven to wood grain direction whenspecifying a corner worksurface in aU-configuration. If a different graindirection other than the standard isrequired, worksurfaces must becustom quoted.
Related ProductsBrackets are available to attachworksurfaces to all Kimball OfficeSystems and adjacent worksurfaces. See pages 436– 439.
Support components are availableto make worksurfaces freestanding. See pages 442– 449.
Accessories, including centerdrawer and keyboard trays, areavailable to add functionality to thework area. See the Perks Price List.
Too narrow
Kimball Office Systems Page 338
Footprint
Worksurfaces & Support
Application GuidelinesCetra-Supported Worksurfaces
General Notes:Worksurfaces may be usedwith all Kimball OfficeSystems. Specify appropriatebracketry and support for theapplication.
Consider the worksurfaceload when planning support.For worksurfaces that will holdoffice equipment, such aslaser printers and copiers,supplemental support otherthan standard bracketry isrecommended.
Undersurface storage andpedestals satisfy bothstorage and support needs.
Reconfigurations of existingworksurfaces may require newsupports or brackets.
Supports may be positionedanywhere along theworksurface without thelimitations of pre-drilled or|pre-determined locations.
HFES Method 2 can be metwhen using Footprintworksurfaces and storage withkeyboard kit model99K2319KKS1.See the Perks Price List.
See page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Product Information page 337
IMPORTANT: Supports andbrackets must be specifiedseparately for all worksurfaces.Specify the appropriate supports orbrackets for the specific application.
Supports and brackets arepackaged separately fromworksurfaces.
IMPORTANT: Careful considerationmust be given to dimensions whenusing curvilinear worksurfaces. It isrecommended that mobileundersurface storage be used.
End-to-end panel-supportedworksurfaces require the additionalsupport of a cantilever, support panel,or undersurface storage at every joint.
Perpendicular panel-supportedworksurfaces can use flat bracketsand edge support brackets to provideadequate support at the worksurfacejoint.
Column or tapered legs canprovide additional support forworksurfaces. Support panels mayalso be used. Verify dimensionsbefore specifying.
Corner and straightworksurfaces
Corner and straightworksurfaces
Serpentine corner andwedge worksurfaces
Extended wedge, serpentinecorner, and quarter roundworksurfaces
Straight worksurfaces
Bracketry and Support Guidelines for Cetra Panel-Mounted WorksurfacesNote: Worksurface spans greater than 48"W for 13⁄16" surfaces and 60"W for 19⁄16" surfaces require additional support.
=
= Cantilever
= Pedestal
= Flat Bracket
LEGEND
= Leg
Edge Support Bracket
Kimball Office Systems Page 339
Application GuidelinesCetra-Supported Worksurfaces, continued
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Product Information page 337
Worksurfaces & Support
Footprint Worksurfaces
Cetra panel-mountedworksurfaces must be supportedby edge support brackets, flatbrackets, cantilevers, support panels,undersurface storage units, oruniversal support components.Note: When using 13⁄16" worksurfaceswith Cetra sectional panels or mid-wireway panels, approximately 3⁄8" ofthe panel or bottom tile will be visibleabove the worksurface.
Unsupported span of 48" for 13⁄16"worksurfaces or 60" for 19⁄16"worksurfaces requires additionalsupport, such as a cantilever, supportpanel, or undersurface storage.
Brackets should be utilized at everypanel joint to fully support the surfaceand to tie the panels to theworksurface.
Edge support brackets attach tothe panel's slotted vertical channeland provide the most secure methodof supporting a worksurface. Theymust be secured to the underside ofthe worksurface. The supportingpanel width must be equal to theworksurface depth. They also providecorner support for corner worksur facesand are used as additional supportbehind an attached storage unit.
Drop brackets are used to attachadjacent worksurfaces at varyingheights. They provide a 3" heightchange.
Flat brackets are used to align andsecure two perpendicular or end-to-end worksurfaces.
Cetra panel-mounted supportpanels are 11⁄4" thick and areavailable in four depths—12", 18",24", and 30".
18", 24", and 30"D supportpanels are used on the end ofworksurfaces that are not panelwrapped. Support panels can also beused as additional support forworksurfaces that exceed therecommended kneespace. Theyshould be attached to the panel inback of the worksurface and to theunderside of the worksurface toprovide maximum strength. Panel andworksurface brackets are attached;however, they can be reversed forleft- or right-hand applications.
12"D support panels are intendedfor use as additional support in themiddle of a run when kneespaceexceeds the recommended span.12"D support panels do not attach topanel reveals.
Support panels may be used infreestanding or Traxxapplications when modesty panelsare not used as long as the backedges are not exposed. Back edgesof support panels are unfinished. If the back edge of the support panelwill be exposed, request that it befinished. Support panels are equippedwith adjustable leveling glides to alignthe worksurfaces. They provide 11⁄4"of adjustment.
Note: Cetra support panels may beused in Interworks EQ, freestanding,or Traxx applications by removingpanel brackets and ordering asupport panel bracket or gussetbracket for additional support asneeded. If back edge of supportpanel will be exposed, request that it be finished. If modesty panel isrequired, specify a freestandingsupport panel.
Pedestals provide support for thefront edge of worksurfaces. A backbracket must also be used to attachthe surface to the panel.
Cantilevers are used as support inthe center of long worksurfaces or inconfigurations where other supportmethods are not possible. They maybe used as support when placing twosurfaces end to end. Cantilevers maybe used as sole support when wingpanel width is different thanworksurface depth. A pedestal orsupport panel must be used if there isno wing panel. Cantilevers arehanded, however, they can share theload of the adjacent worksurface withuse of flat brackets.
Universal support componentsare available for use as additionalalternative support solutions.
Kimball Office Systems Page 340
Footprint
Worksurfaces & Support
Application GuidelinesXsite-Supported Worksurfaces
General Notes:Worksurfaces may be usedwith all Kimball OfficeSystems. Specify appropriatebracketry and support for theapplication.
Consider the worksurfaceload when planning support.For worksurfaces that will holdoffice equipment, such aslaser printers and copiers,supplemental support otherthan bracketry isrecommended.
Undersurface storage andpedestals satisfy bothstorage and support needs.
Reconfigurations of existingworksurfaces may require newsupports or brackets.
Supports may be positionedanywhere along theworksurface without thelimitations of pre-drilled or pre-determined locations.
See page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Product Information page 337
IMPORTANT: Supports andbrackets must be specifiedseparately for all worksurfaces.Specify the appropriate supports orbrackets for the specific application.Supports and brackets are packagedseparately from the worksurfaces.
IMPORTANT: Careful considerationmust be given to dimensions whenusing curvilinear worksurfaces. It isrecommended that mobileundersurface storage be used.
End-to-end panel-supportedworksurfaces require the additionalsupport of a mid-support, supportpanel, or undersurface storage atevery joint.
Perpendicular panel-supportedworksurfaces can use flat bracketsand edge support brackets toprovide adequate support at theworksurface joint.
Column, stick, or tapered legscan provide additional support forworksurfaces. They can providesupport to the front edge of aworksurface, but do not stabilizeadjacent loadbearing panels. Supportpanels may also be used. Verifydimensions before specifying.
Xsite-mounted worksurfacesmust be supported on the ends by edge support brackets, full-depthsupport panels, end-support legs, orundersurface storage unit.
Unsupported span of 48"W for 13⁄16" worksurfaces or 60"W for 19⁄16" worksurfaces requires additional support such as amid-support, support panel, orundersurface storage.
Flat brackets, 12"D supportpanels, or mid-supports shouldbe used as additional support atevery worksurface joint. Additionalsupport is also required every 48" on13⁄16" worksurfaces and every 60" on19⁄16" worksurfaces.
Use Xsite Traxx with edgesupport brackets to support theends of worksurfaces wheneverpossible. This ties the stationtogether providing more rigidity forthe structure.
Bracketry and Support Guidelines for Xsite Panel-MountedWorksurfacesNote: Worksurface spans greater than 48"W for 13⁄16" surfaces and 60"W for19⁄16" surfaces require additional support.
Corner and straightworksurfaces
Corner and straightworksurfaces
Serpentine corner andwedge worksurfaces
Extended wedge, serpentinecorner, and quarter roundworksurfaces
Straight worksurfaces
=
= Mid-Support
= Pedestal
= Flat Bracket
LEGEND
= Leg
Edge Support Bracket
Kimball Office Systems Page 341
Footprint
Worksurfaces & Support
Footprint Worksurfaces
Application GuidelinesXsite-Supported Worksurfaces, continued
See page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Product Information page 337
Brackets adjust for worksurfaceheights from 273⁄4" to 29", at 5⁄8"increments, measured from the floorto the top of the 13⁄16" worksurface.
Two edge support brackets arerequired for the back corner of cornersurfaces, one on each side.
Specify quantity of worksurfaceedge support brackets to matchworksurface size and type.
Adjustable worksurface mid-supports may be used asadditional support. They cannotprovide support at the end of aworksurface and can only be usedwith an end-support leg in balancedconfigurations. They do not extendfar enough under the worksurface to provide sufficient support in one-sided configurations. Adjustablemid-supports are not visuallycompatible with end-support legs.
2-high adjustable mid-supportswill adjust vertically from 273⁄4" to 29",at 5⁄8" increments, measured from thefloor to the top of the worksurface.
3-high adjustable mid-supportswill adjust vertically from 401⁄4" to411⁄2", at 5⁄8" increments, measuredfrom the floor to the top of the 13⁄16"worksurface.
Specify adjustable mid-supportsto match worksurface depth.
Flat brackets are used to align andsecure two perpendicular or end-to-end worksurfaces.
End-support legs are for use at theend of panel run or in the middle of arun in place of a mid-support. Theymust be used with a worksurface andbe attached vertically with two screwsto the panel frame (through the tile)and to the worksurface. Theworksurface conceals the attachmentholes in the top of the leg.
End support legs are notapplicable to 6- and 7-highconfigurations.
Mid-support legs are visuallycompatible with end-support legs.They require a flat bracket, specifiedseparately, and must be secured tothe worksurface but not to the tileand frame.
Transaction counter bracketsrecess into Xsite’s top channel andare screwed to the frame.
Top cap is required beneath atransaction counter. The width of thetop cap should match the width ofthe frame to which the transactioncounter will be mounted. Top capmust be modified in the field toaccommodate transaction counterbrackets.
Specify two transaction counterbrackets for 24" to 60"W counters.Specify four brackets for 66" to 96"Wcounters.
Transaction counter bracketswill not interfere with cablesrouted through the top channel.
Flat Bracket
Adjustable Mid-Support
Kimball Office Systems Page 342
Application GuidelinesInterworks EQ-Supported Worksurfaces
General Notes:Worksurfaces may be usedwith all Kimball OfficeSystems. Specify appropriatebracketry and support for theapplication.
Consider the worksurfaceload when planning support.For worksurfaces that will holdoffice equipment, such aslaser printers and copiers,supplemental support otherthan standard bracketry isrecommended.
Undersurface storage andpedestals satisfy bothstorage and support needs.
Reconfigurations of existingworksurfaces may require newsupports or brackets.
Supports may be positionedanywhere along theworksurface without thelimitations of pre-drilled or pre-determined locations.
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Product Information page 337
Worksurfaces & Support
IMPORTANT: Supports andbrackets must be specifiedseparately for all worksurfaces forthe specific application. Supportsand brackets are packagedseparately from the worksurfaces.
IMPORTANT: Careful considerationmust be given to dimensions whenusing curvilinear worksurfaces. It isrecommended that mobileundersurface storage be used.
End-to-end panel-supportedworksurfaces require the additionalsupport of a cantilever, supportpanel, or undersurface storage atevery joint.
Perpendicular panel-supportedworksurfaces can use flat bracketsand edge support brackets toprovide adequate support at theworksurface joint.
Column or tapered legs canprovide additional support forworksurfaces. Support panels mayalso be used. Verify dimensionsbefore specifying.
Corner and straightworksurfaces
Corner and straightworksurfaces
Serpentine corner andwedge worksurfaces
Extended wedge, serpentinecorner, and quarter roundworksurfaces
Straight worksurfaces
Bracketry and Support Guidelines for Interworks EQ Panel-Mounted WorksurfacesNote: Worksurface spans greater than 48"W for 13⁄16" surfaces and 60"W for 19⁄16" surfaces require additional support.
=
= Cantilever
= Pedestal
= Flat Bracket
LEGEND
= Leg
Edge Support Bracket
Kimball Office Systems Page 343
Application GuidelinesInterworks EQ-Supported Worksurfaces, continued
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Product Information page 337
Worksurfaces & Support
Footprint Worksurfaces
Interworks EQ panel-mountedworksurfaces should be supportedby edge support brackets, flatbrackets, support panels, cantilevers,undersurface storage units, oruniversal support components.
Edge support brackets attach tothe panels slotted vertical channeland provide the most secure methodof supporting a worksurface. Theymust be secured to the underside ofthe worksurface.
Unsupported span of 48" for 13⁄16"worksurfaces or 60" for 19⁄16"worksurfaces requires additionalsupport, such as a cantilever, supportpanel, or undersurface storage.
Edge support brackets should beused at every panel joint to fullysupport the worksurfaces and to tiethe panels to the worksurface. Theymanually hook into the panel side railto prevent accidental removal. Theysupport the worksurface at the frontand back corners. The supportingpanel width should be equal to theworksurface depth. They also provide corner support for cornerworksurfaces and are used asadditional support behind an attachedstorage unit.
Drop brackets are used to attachadjacent worksurfaces at varyingheights. They provide a 2" heightchange.
Flat brackets are used to align andsecure two perpendicular or end-to-end worksurfaces.
Interworks EQ panel-mountedsupport panels are available in fourdepths—12", 18", 24", and 30".They are used on the end ofworksurfaces that are not panelwrapped. Support panels can also beused as additional support forworksurfaces that exceed therecommended kneespace. Theyshould be attached to the panel inback of the worksurface and to theunderside of the worksurface toprovide maximum strength. Panel andworksurface brackets are attached,however, they can be reversed forleft- or right-hand applications. Theyare equipped with adjustable levelingglides that provide 1" of adjustmentto align the worksurfaces.
Cantilevers are available 24"D. They are used as added support inthe center of long worksurfaces or inconfigurations where other supportmethods are not possible. They maybe used as support when placing twosurfaces end to end or withsuspended pedestals. A pedestal orsupport panel must be used if there is no wing panel. Cantilevers arehanded, however they can share theload of adjacent worksurface with theuse of flat brackets.
Pedestals provide support for thefront edge of worksurfaces. A backedge support bracket must also beused to attach the surface to thepanel.
Universal support componentsare available for use as additionalalternative support solutions.
Kimball Office Systems Page 344
Application GuidelinesTraxx-Supported Worksurfaces
Notes:Worksurfaces may be usedwith all Kimball OfficeSystems. Specify appropriatebracketry and support for theapplication.
Consider the worksurfaceload when planning support.For worksurfaces that will holdoffice equipment, such aslaser printers and copiers,supplemental support otherthan standard bracketry isrecommended.
Undersurface storage andpedestals satisfy bothstorage and support needs.
Reconfigurations of existingworksurfaces may require newsupports or brackets.
Supports may be positionedanywhere along theworksurface without thelimitations of pre-drilled or pre-determined locations.
Footprint➤See page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Product Information page 337
Worksurfaces & Support
Bracketry and Support Guidelines for Traxx-Mounted WorksurfacesNote: Worksurface spans greater than 48"W for 13⁄16" surfaces and 60"W for 19⁄16" surfaces require additional support.
= Traxx bracket
= 12" support panel
= Support panel
= Flat bracket
LEGEND
= Pedestal
10" mid-support=
Corner and straightworksurfaces; Traxx wrapped
Corner and straightworksurfaces; support panels
Corner and straightworksurfaces; storage
Traxx worksurface bracketsattach worksurfaces to bottom Traxx.Traxx-mounted worksurfaces mustbe supported by worksurfacebrackets, flat brackets, supportpanels, undersurface storage units oruniversal support components. Abracket is required every 48" alongback edge of worksurface in additionto corner and end locations.Note: When using 13⁄16"worksurfaces with Traxx,approximately 3⁄8" of the bottomTraxx will be visible above theworksurface.
End-to-end worksurfaces requirea support panel or undersurfacestorage for additional support of thefront edge.
Perpendicular worksurfaces canuse flat brackets and Traxx bracketsto provide adequate support fromone surface to the other at theworksurface joint.
Universal support components,such as tapered, stick, or columnlegs, are available as alternativesupport solutions for worksurfaces. ➤See page 446.
Worksurface brackets have ananti-kickout design that providessecure attachment without pre-determined positioning.
Traxx Worksurface Bracket Attachment
Note: 12" support panels and10" mid-supports are inter-changeable. If 10" mid-support is used,only one flat bracket isrequired; 12" support panels,require two flat brackets, and aTraxx bracket.
Kimball Office Systems Page 345
Application GuidelinesFreestanding Worksurfaces
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Product Information page 337
Worksurfaces & Support
Footprint Worksurfaces
Bracketry and Support Guidelines for Freestanding WorksurfacesNote: Worksurface spans greater than 48"W for 13⁄16" surfaces and 60"W for 19⁄16" surfaces require additional support.
Extended U-top,corner, and straightworksurfaces
Corner and straightworksurfaces
= Flat Brackets
= Support Panel
= Freestanding Support
= Modesty Panel
LEGEND
= Leg
= Pedestal
Freestanding worksurfaces canbe created by configuring a stablecombination of freestanding supportpanels, freestanding end supports,freestanding corner supports, squareor flat profile undersurface storage. Note: Radius profile storage isdesigned to be positioned within adesk shell.
Wood and Laminate
Freestanding undersurfacesupport panels are used tosupport worksurfaces in freestandingapplications. Their depth is 11⁄8" lessthan the worksurface toaccommodate a modesty panel.
Freestanding end supports areused to support worksurfaces in afreestanding application. Work surf -aces used in freestanding appli -cations must be attached to a return or extension worksurface foradditional support.
Freestanding corner supportsprovide support for cornerworksurfaces in freestandingapplications.
Universal support components,such as tapered or column legs, areavailable as alternative supportsolutions for worksurfaces. See page 446.
Modesty panels provideundersurface privacy, additionalsupport, and a finished appearance.They may be used in freestandingapplications. Hardware is included forattachment to the underside of theworksurface. Note: When using a modesty panelwith a 30"D radius-profile pedestal,the worksurface must be 36"D.
Flush appearance is achieved byspecifying the modesty panel to bethe same width as the worksurface. It will cover the back of storage unitsor supports.
Breakfront appearance isachieved by specifying three modestypanels. Two 18"W modesty panels tocover the backs of square profilepedestals and one equal to the widthof the space between the pedestals.Note: Breakfront appearance canonly be achieved with square profilestorage.
Modesty filler strip is used if amodesty panel is not specified. Itmaintains space for cable routingbehind the pedestal and fills the 11⁄8" difference in depth.
Flat brackets are used to align andsecure two perpendicular or end-to-end worksurfaces.
Drop brackets are used to attachadjacent worksurfaces at varyingheights. They provide a 3" heightchange.
Column, stick, and tapered legscannot be used in freestandingapplications.
Kimball Office Systems Page 346
Application GuidelinesFreestanding Worksurfaces, continued
Typical FreestandingConfigurations:
Metal SupportCommon Applications:8"D support panel applies to24"D (return) worksurface.
7"D corner post applies tofreestanding corner surfaces.
12"D support panel applies toany depth corner worksurface,providing it is bracketed toadjacent unit, and 30"D (return)worksurface, providing additionalsupport is used to match surfacedepth.
18"D half end panel applies toany depth corner worksurface.
18"D undersurface lateral fileapplies to any depth worksurface,providing full end panel is includedto match surface depth.
24"D pedestal and full endpanel apply to 24"D or 30"Dworksurfaces.
30"D pedestal and full endpanel apply to 30"D or 36"Dworksurfaces.
36"D full end panel applies to36"D worksurfaces.
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Product Information page 337
Worksurfaces & Support
Metal SupportMetal modesty panels attach 4"inset from the approach side of thepedestal or support panel. Wiremanagement is achieved via a 11⁄2"space between the top of themodesty panel and the underside ofthe surface as well as a 3" gap fromthe bottom of the modesty panel tothe floor.
Pedestal non-deface kit allowsattachment of metal modesty panel tometal pedestals without drilling holesin the sides.
End panels are used to supportwork surfaces in freestandingapplications. They are equipped withadjustable leveling glides that provide1" of adjustment for aligningworksurfaces. They are designed tosecure metal modesty panels.
8" return support can be used assupport for corner surfaces or asadditional support for 24"Dworksurfaces that exceed therecommended kneespace.
8"D support panels cannotsupport any worksurface deeper than24". They are equipped with oneleveling glide that provides 1" ofadjustment for aligning worksurfaces.
Corner posts are used to createfreestanding corner units. They areequipped with one leveling glide thatprovides 1" of adjustment for aligningworksurfaces. They are designed tosecure metal modesty panels.
Filler strip is used if a metalmodesty panel is not specified. Itmaintains space for cable routingbehind the pedestal and fills the 11⁄8"difference in depth for wood orlaminate applications.
Flat brackets are used to align andsecure two perpendicular or end-to-end worksurfaces.
Drop brackets are used to attachadjacent surfaces at varying heights.They provide a 2" height change.
• Modesty panel• Lateral file• Support panels
• Modesty panel• Support panels
• Modesty panel• Pedestal• Support panel
• Modesty panel• Pedestals
• Modesty panel• Support panels
• Modesty panel• Pedestal• Support panel
• Modesty panel• Pedestals
• Support panels• Corner support• Modesty panels
• Support panel• Corner support• Modesty panels• Pedestal
Kimball Office Systems Page 347
Application GuidelinesFreestanding Worksurfaces, continued
To determine the metalmodesty panel width,subtract the total nominalwidth of support (pedestaland⁄or end panel) from thenominal worksurface width.
Example: 60"W worksurface
– 30"W support (2 pedestals)= 30"W modesty panel
For planning purposes,the chart at right uses theterm support panel to refer tofull support panels, returnsupport panels, andworksurface support panelssince all are nominally 1" wide.
Support depth underneaththe left and right side of theworksurface must be equalunless the unit is secured toan adjacent, freestanding unitsuch as a return.
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Product Information page 337
Worksurfaces & Support
Footprint Worksurfaces
ModestyWorksurface Support Support PanelWidth & Type Type Width(s) Width(s)
36" Corner * 2 Support Panels, 1 Corner Post 12"/12" 24"/24"
36" Straight 1 Ped., 1 Support Panel 16" 20"
36" Straight 2 Support Panels 2" 34"
42" Corner 2 Support Panels, 1 Corner Post 12"/12" 30"/30"
42"/48" Corner 2 Support Panels, 1 Corner Post 12"/12" 30"/36"
42"/60" Corner 2 Support Panels, 1 Corner Post 12"/12" 30"/48"
42"/60" Corner 1 Support Panel, 1 Ped., 12"/26" 30"/34"1 Corner Post
42" Straight 1 Ped., 1 Support Panel 16" 26"
42" Straight 2 Support Panels 2" 40"
48" Corner 2 Support Panels, 1 Corner Post 12"/12" 36"/36"
48"/42" Corner 2 Support Panels, 1 Corner Post 12"/12" 36"/30"
48"/60" Corner 2 Support Panels, 1 Corner Post 12"/12" 36"/48
48"/60" Corner 1 Support Panel, 1 Ped., 12"/26" 36"/34"1 Corner Post
48" Straight 1 Ped., 1 Support Panel 16" 32"
48" Straight 2 Support Panels 2" 46"
54" Straight 2 Peds. 30" 24"
54" Straight 1 Ped., 1 Support Panel 16" 38"
54" Straight 2 Support Panels 2" 52"
60" Corner 2 Support Panels, 1 Corner Post 12"/12" 48"/48"
60" Corner 1 Support Panel, 1 Ped., 12"/26" 48"/34"1 Corner Post
60" Corner 2 Peds., 1 Corner Post 26"/26" 34"/34"
60"/42" Corner 2 Support Panels, 1 Corner Post 12"/12" 48"/30"
60"/48" Corner 2 Support Panels, 1 Corner Post 12"/12" 48"/36"
60"/42" Corner 1 Support Panel, 1 Ped., 26"/12" 34"/30"1 Corner Post
ModestyWorksurface Support Support PanelWidth & Type Type Width(s) Width(s)
60"/48" Corner 1 Support Panel, 1 Ped., 26"/12" 34"/36"1 Corner Post
60" Straight 2 Peds. 30" 30"
60" Straight 1 Ped., 1 Support Panel 16" 44"
60" Straight 2 Support Panels 2" 58"
66" Straight 2 Peds. 30" 36"
66" Straight 1 Ped., 1 Support Panel 16" 50"
66" Straight 2 Support Panels 2" 64"
72" Straight, Arc 2 Peds. 30" 42"
72 " Straight, Arc 1 Ped., 1 Support Panel 16" 56"
72 " Straight, Arc 2 Support Panels 2" 70"
84" Straight 2 Peds. 30" 54"
84 " Straight 1 Ped., 1 Support Panel 16" 68"
84 " Straight 2 Support Panels 2" 82"
90" Straight 2 Peds. 30" 60"
90 " Straight 1 Ped., 1 Support Panel 16" 74"
90 " Straight 2 Support Panels 2" 88"
96" Straight 2 Peds. 30" 66
96" Straight 1 Ped., 1 Support Panel 16" 80"
96" Straight 2 Support Panels 2" 94"
Notes:* Freestanding corner units require 2 modesty panels. Corner Post is 7"W
(nominal) and is inset 4" (actual); total of 11". When combined with thesupport panel (1"), support width is 12" (nominal). When combined with thepedestal (15"), support width is 26" (nominal).
Unsupported surface span cannot exceed 48"W for 13⁄16" worksurfaces or60"W for 19⁄16" worksurfaces.
Support and Modesty Panel Dimensions for Metal Support
Kimball Office Systems Page 348
Application GuidelinesUniversal Supports
Footprint➤See page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Product Information page 337
Worksurfaces & Support
Bracketry and Support Guidelines for Universal SupportsThe illustration below shows a variety of worksurface configurations andsupport options. Please use these examples to aid you in specifyingappropriate support for specific applications.Note: Worksurface spans greater than 48"W for 13⁄16" surfaces and 60"W for19⁄16" surfaces require additional support.
Panel Worksurface BracketCantilever
Traxx Worksurface Bracket
Flat Bracket
Support Panel
Freestanding Support
Support Panel Bracket
LEGEND
Universal supports can be used inany panel-mounted, Traxx-mounted,or freestanding application.
Support panel brackets andgusset brackets provide additionalstability between a worksurface andsupport panel when the supportpanel is not attached to a panel.
Adjustable column base provides4" of adjustment. It is equipped witha glide.
Decorative support leg includesglides and carpet grippers. Insertsare specified separately.
Metal modesty panel can besecured to decorative support legand⁄or gusset bracket on either end.Gusset bracket must be specifiedseparately.
Static and adjustable-heightmobile table legs are available foruse with worksurfaces and tabletops.
Units using tapered leg, columnleg, adjustable column base, ordecorative support leg must besecured to an adjacent worksurfacefor stability.
Cylinder and half-cylinder basesare available for use with table topsand worksurfaces. Table supportbases include anti-tip weight.
Adjustable base, X-base and T-base are available for use withtable tops and worksurfaces.
Note: Review supportrecommendations on the pricingpages when specifying tops andsupport for table use.
Kimball Office Systems Page 349
Application GuidelinesDesking Configuration Thought Starters
Desking configurations canbe created using spine walls orTraxx, and for freestanding andmobile applications.
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Product Information page 337
Worksurfaces & Support
Footprint Worksurfaces
Spine Wall
Traxx Mounted Freestanding—Metal
Freestanding & Mobile
Mobile
Kimball Office Systems Page 350
24"D Straight Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Wire Manager
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Side edges are finished to
match the top; wire manager ison the back edge.Exception: Side edges onworksurfaces with plastic rimoption (P) are finished to matchthe front plastic rim.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
T = ThermofoilL = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:3 = Wire manager
4 Rim profile:S = Sloped rim (available onthermofoil surface only)P = Plastic rim (available on laminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 thermofoil(+$60); Group 2 wood (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
9 Wire manager finish designator
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4 5
SS2430WSSLW3 F STD 6 7 8 9
480 STD MC 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
D
W
Rim Profiles:
Sloped (S) Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail; double line indicates location of wiremanager. Arrow on surfaceindicates grain direction.
Laminate withThermofoil Laminate Wood Rim Wood
D W H Model (T) (L) (LW) (W)
237⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS2424WSS — $ 212 $ 340 $ 361
297⁄8" SS2430WSS $ 212 229 366 386
357⁄8" SS2436WSS 220 239 404 430
417⁄8" SS2442WSS 236 260 443 467
477⁄8" SS2448WSS 262 287 450 510
537⁄8" SS2454WSS 302 330 489 546
597⁄8" SS2460WSS 317 345 557 592
657⁄8" SS2466WSS 361 393 597 627
717⁄8" SS2472WSS 372 407 631 670
777⁄8" SS2478WSS 438 478 676 713
837⁄8" SS2484WSS 470 514 718 757
897⁄8" SS2490WSS 499 545 760 802
957⁄8" SS2496WSS 534 582 802 842
1017⁄8" SS24102WSS — 641 840 889
1077⁄8" SS24108WSS — 678 884 934
1137⁄8" SS24114WSS — 716 940 1049
1197⁄8" SS24120WSS — 752 968 1121
= Kwik Office model available.See the Kwik Office Price List.
Kimball Office Systems Page 351
24"D Straight Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Single Rim
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must be
specified separately.• Side and back edges are finished
to match front rim.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:1 = Single rim
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4 5 6
SS2424WSSLW1 F STD 480 7 8
STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Laminate withLaminate Wood Rim Wood
D W H Model (L) (LW) (W)
237⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS2424WSS $ 223 $ 466 $ 423
297⁄8" SS2430WSS 241 502 453
357⁄8" SS2436WSS 269 529 479
417⁄8" SS2442WSS 306 563 508
477⁄8" SS2448WSS 341 604 552
537⁄8" SS2454WSS 381 668 601
597⁄8" SS2460WSS 414 697 632
657⁄8" SS2466WSS 480 758 687
717⁄8" SS2472WSS 494 787 712
777⁄8" SS2478WSS 535 824 748
837⁄8" SS2484WSS 574 888 804
897⁄8" SS2490WSS 613 929 837
957⁄8" SS2496WSS 653 992 894
1017⁄8" SS24102WSS 740 1093 991
1077⁄8" SS24108WSS 769 1118 1011
1137⁄8" SS24114WSS 804 1158 1059
1197⁄8" SS24120WSS 838 1190 1135
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Softened (F)
D
W
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
Kimball Office Systems Page 352
24"D Straight Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Double Rim
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must be
specified separately.• Side edges are finished to match
the front and back rims.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = Laminate3 Rim option:
2 = Double rim4 Rim profile:
P = Plastic rim5 Surface finish price group:
STD = Group 16 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish designator
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4 5 6
SS2436WSSL2 P STD 480 7
480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Laminate D W H Model (L)
237⁄8" 357⁄8" 13⁄16" SS2436WSS $ 399
417⁄8" SS2442WSS 414
477⁄8" SS2448WSS 440
537⁄8" SS2454WSS 482
597⁄8" SS2460WSS 497
657⁄8" SS2466WSS 541
717⁄8" SS2472WSS 555
777⁄8" SS2478WSS 665
837⁄8" SS2484WSS 726
897⁄8" SS2490WSS 782
957⁄8" SS2496WSS 858
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P)
D
W
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
= Kwik Office model available.See the Kwik Office Price List.
Kimball Office Systems Page 353
30"D Straight Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Wire Manager
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Side edges are finished to
match the top; wire manager ison the back edge.Exception: Side edges onworksurfaces with plastic rimoption (P) are finished to matchthe front plastic rim.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
T = ThermofoilL = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:3 = Wire manager
4 Rim profile:S = Sloped rim (available onthermofoil surface only)P = Plastic rim (available on laminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 thermofoil(+$60); Group 2 wood (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
9 Wire manager finish designator
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4 5 6
SS3030WSSLW3 F STD 480 7 8 9
STD MC 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Laminate withThermofoil Laminate Wood Rim Wood
D W H Model (T) (L) (LW) (W)
297⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS3024WSS — $ 216 $ 387 $ 424
297⁄8" SS3030WSS $ 215 234 418 454
357⁄8" SS3036WSS 238 262 464 503
417⁄8" SS3042WSS 244 268 513 555
477⁄8" SS3048WSS 274 300 558 599
537⁄8" SS3054WSS 331 362 632 655
597⁄8" SS3060WSS 341 372 653 699
657⁄8" SS3066WSS 387 423 700 750
717⁄8" SS3072WSS 422 461 750 794
777⁄8" SS3078WSS 519 567 795 847
837⁄8" SS3084WSS 555 605 847 901
897⁄8" SS3090WSS 595 649 900 954
957⁄8" SS3096WSS 632 692 946 1006
1017⁄8" SS30102WSS — 759 1002 1055
1077⁄8" SS30108WSS — 806 1051 1118
1137⁄8" SS30114WSS — 866 1112 1189
1197⁄8" SS30120WSS — 893 1150 1214
Rim Profiles:
Sloped (S) Plastic (P) Softened (F)
D
W
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail; doubleline indicates location of wiremanager. Arrow on surfaceindicates grain direction.
= Kwik Office model available.See the Kwik Office Price List.
Kimball Office Systems Page 354
30"D Straight Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Single Rim
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must be
specified separately.• Side and back edges are finished
to match front rim.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:1 = Single rim
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4 5 6
SS3030WSSLW1 F STD 480 7 8
STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Laminate withLaminate Wood Rim Wood
D W H Model (L) (LW) (W)
297⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS3024WSS $ 252 $ 502 $ 458
297⁄8" SS3030WSS 270 540 491
357⁄8" SS3036WSS 313 576 521
417⁄8" SS3042WSS 355 619 561
477⁄8" SS3048WSS 405 668 609
537⁄8" SS3054WSS 449 736 669
597⁄8" SS3060WSS 489 774 709
657⁄8" SS3066WSS 563 848 769
717⁄8" SS3072WSS 582 877 806
777⁄8" SS3078WSS 626 921 858
837⁄8" SS3084WSS 673 996 913
897⁄8" SS3090WSS 718 1037 967
957⁄8" SS3096WSS 763 1104 1015
1017⁄8" SS30102WSS 839 1201 1088
1077⁄8" SS30108WSS 894 1256 1136
1137⁄8" SS30114WSS 938 1302 1216
1197⁄8" SS30120WSS 979 1341 1273
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Softened (F)
D
W
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
Kimball Office Systems Page 355
30"D Straight Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Double Rim
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must be
specified separately.• Side edges are finished to match
the front and back rims.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:2 = Double rim
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4 5 6
SS3060WSSLW2 F STD 480 7 8
STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Laminate withLaminate Wood Rim Wood
D W H Model (L) (LW) (W)
297⁄8" 357⁄8" 13⁄16" SS3036WSS $ 417 — —
417⁄8" SS3042WSS 426 — —
477⁄8" SS3048WSS 453 — —
537⁄8" SS3054WSS 509 — —
597⁄8" SS3060WSS 521 $ 806 $ 728
657⁄8" SS3066WSS 569 872 789
717⁄8" SS3072WSS 596 909 859
777⁄8" SS3078WSS 645 950 874
837⁄8" SS3084WSS 694 1034 931
897⁄8" SS3090WSS 731 1076 1023
957⁄8" SS3096WSS 781 1156 1043
1017⁄8" SS30102WSS 859 1273 1108
1077⁄8" SS30108WSS 916 1326 1213
1137⁄8" SS30114WSS 959 1375 1295
1197⁄8" SS30120WSS 1000 1414 1344
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Softened (F)
D
W
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
= Kwik Office model available.See the Kwik Office Price List.
Kimball Office Systems Page 356
36"D Straight Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Double Rim
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must be
specified separately.• Side edges are finished to match
the front and back rims.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:2 = Double rim
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4 5 6
SS3660WSSLW2 F STD 480 7 8
STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Laminate withLaminate Wood Rim Wood
D W H Model (L) (LW) (W)
357⁄8" 597⁄8" 13⁄16" SS3660WSS $ 561 $ 881 $ 795
657⁄8" SS3666WSS 645 956 867
717⁄8" SS3672WSS 653 996 898
777⁄8" SS3678WSS 718 1043 1000
837⁄8" SS3684WSS 773 1151 1084
897⁄8" SS3690WSS 821 1200 1190
957⁄8" SS3696WSS 874 1334 1213
1017⁄8" SS36102WSS 962 1463 1290
1077⁄8" SS36108WSS 1025 1524 1378
1137⁄8" SS36114WSS 1076 1580 1509
1197⁄8" SS36120WSS 1124 1629 1562
D
W
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Softened (F)
= Kwik Office model available.See the Kwik Office Price List.
Kimball Office Systems Page 357
Arc Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Double Rim
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Arc worksurfaces are 30"D on
the ends and 36"D in the center.• Side edges are finished to
match the front and back rims.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
T = ThermofoilL = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:2 = Double rim
4 Rim profile:S = Sloped rim (available onthermofoil surface only)P = Plastic rim (available on laminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 thermofoil(+$60); Group 2 wood (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4 5 6
SS3672WSALW2 F STD 480 7 8
STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Laminate withThermofoil Laminate Wood Rim Wood
D W H Model (T) (L) (LW) (W)
297⁄8" 717⁄8" 13⁄16" SS3672WSA $ 761 $ 829 $ 1180 $ 1067
777⁄8" SS3678WSA 809 883 1227 1180
837⁄8" SS3684WSA 859 937 1335 1262
897⁄8" SS3690WSA 902 985 1465 1372
957⁄8" SS3696WSA 952 1038 1523 1390
Rim Profiles:
Sloped (S) Plastic (P) Softened (F)
D
W
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
Kimball Office Systems Page 358
Right-Hand Wedge Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Wire Manager
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Mobile undersurface storage
units are recommended for usewith wedge worksurfaces.
• Side edges are finished tomatch the top; wire manager ison the back edge.Exception: Side edges onworksurfaces with plastic rimoption (P) are finished to matchthe front plastic rim.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:3 = Wire manager
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
9 Wire manager finish designator
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4 5 6
SS2442WSWLW3 F STD 480 7 8 9
STD MC 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Laminate withLaminate Wood Rim Wood
D W H Model (L) (LW) (W)
237⁄8" 417⁄8" 13⁄16" SS2442WSW $ 506 $ 753 $ 678
477⁄8" SS2448WSW 548 794 718
537⁄8" SS2454WSW 599 864 782
597⁄8" SS2460WSW 640 896 811
657⁄8" SS2466WSW 712 964 876
717⁄8" SS2472WSW 730 992 899
297⁄8" 417⁄8" SS3042WSW 543 834 755
477⁄8" SS3048WSW 593 884 797
537⁄8" SS3054WSW 645 958 868
597⁄8" SS3060WSW 685 996 900
657⁄8" SS3066WSW 768 1073 974
717⁄8" SS3072WSW 784 1104 996
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Softened (F)
D
W
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail; doubleline indicates location of wiremanager. Arrow on surfaceindicates grain direction.
Dimensions for Space Planning:
30" on 24"D worksurface�36" on 30"D worksurface
6"
Kimball Office Systems Page 359
Right-Hand Wedge Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Single Rim
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Mobile undersurface storage
units are recommended for usewith wedge worksurfaces.
• Side and back edges arefinished to match front rim.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
T = ThermofoilL = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:1 = Single rim
4 Rim profile:S = Sloped rim (available onthermofoil surface only)P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 thermofoil(+$60); Group 2 wood (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4 5 6
SS2442WSWLW1 F STD 480 7 8
STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Laminate withThermofoil Laminate Wood Rim Wood
D W H Model (T) (L) (LW) (W)
237⁄8" 417⁄8" 13⁄16" SS2442WSW $ 433 $ 526 $ 794 $ 719
477⁄8" SS2448WSW 471 570 840 760
537⁄8" SS2454WSW 513 622 914 827
597⁄8" SS2460WSW 547 665 948 858
657⁄8" SS2466WSW 609 740 1023 929
717⁄8" SS2472WSW 625 758 1051 948
297⁄8" 417⁄8" SS3042WSW 464 564 883 796
477⁄8" SS3048WSW 505 615 936 842
537⁄8" SS3054WSW 552 670 1015 918
597⁄8" SS3060WSW 587 713 1056 953
657⁄8" SS3066WSW 755 795 1136 1030
717⁄8" SS3072WSW 780 815 1167 1057
Rim Profiles:
Sloped (S) Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
D
W
Dimensions for Space Planning:
30" on 24"D worksurface�36" on 30"D worksurface
6"
Kimball Office Systems Page 360
Left-Hand Wedge Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Wire Manager
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Mobile undersurface storage
units are recommended for usewith wedge worksurfaces.Side edges are finished tomatch the top; wire manager ison the back edge.Exception: Side edges onworksurfaces with plastic rimoption (P) are finished to matchthe front plastic rim.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:3 = Wire manager
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
9 Wire manager finish designator
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4 5 6
SS4224WSWLW3 F STD 480 7 8 9
STD MC 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Laminate withLaminate Wood Rim Wood
D W H Model (L) (LW) (W)
237⁄8" 417⁄8" 13⁄16" SS4224WSW $ 506 $ 753 $ 678
477⁄8" SS4824WSW 548 794 718
537⁄8" SS5424WSW 599 864 782
597⁄8" SS6024WSW 640 896 811
657⁄8" SS6624WSW 712 964 876
717⁄8" SS7224WSW 730 992 899
297⁄8" 417⁄8" SS4230WSW 543 834 755
477⁄8" SS4830WSW 593 884 797
537⁄8" SS5430WSW 645 958 868
597⁄8" SS6030WSW 685 996 900
657⁄8" SS6630WSW 768 1073 974
717⁄8" SS7230WSW 784 1104 996
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Softened (F)
D
W
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail; doubleline indicates location of wiremanager. Arrow on surfaceindicates grain direction.
Dimensions for Space Planning:
30" on 24"D worksurface�36" on 30"D worksurface
6"
Kimball Office Systems Page 361
Left-Hand Wedge Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Single Rim
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Mobile undersurface storage
units are recommended for usewith wedge worksurfaces.
• Side and back edges arefinished to match front rim.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
T = ThermofoilL = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:1 = Single rim
4 Rim profile:S = Sloped rim (available onthermofoil surface only)P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 thermofoil(+$60); Group 2 wood (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4 5 6
SS4224WSWLW1 F STD 480 7 8
STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Laminate withThermofoil Laminate Wood Rim Wood
D W H Model (T) (L) (LW) (W)
237⁄8" 417⁄8" 13⁄16" SS4224WSW $ 433 $ 526 $ 794 $ 719
477⁄8" SS4824WSW 471 570 840 760
537⁄8" SS5424WSW 513 622 914 827
597⁄8" SS6024WSW 547 665 948 858
657⁄8" SS6624WSW 609 740 1023 929
717⁄8" SS7224WSW 625 758 1051 948
297⁄8" 417⁄8" SS4230WSW 464 564 883 796
477⁄8" SS4830WSW 505 615 936 842
537⁄8" SS5430WSW 552 670 1015 918
597⁄8" SS6030WSW 587 713 1056 953
657⁄8" SS6630WSW 755 795 1136 1030
717⁄8" SS7230WSW 780 815 1167 1057
D
W
Rim Profiles:
Sloped (S) Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
Dimensions for Space Planning:
30" on 24"D worksurface�36" on 30"D worksurface
6"
Kimball Office Systems Page 362
Serpentine Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Wire Manager
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Mobile undersurface storage
units are recommended for usewith serpentine worksurfaces.
• Side edges are finished tomatch the top; wire manager ison the back edge.Exception: Side edges onworksurfaces with plastic rimoption (P) are finished to matchthe front plastic rim.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
T = ThermofoilL = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:3 = Wire manager
4 Rim profile:S = Sloped rim (available onthermofoil surface only)P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 thermofoil(+$60); Group 2 wood (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
9 Wire manager finish designator
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4 5
SS244230WSTLW3 F STD 6 7 8 9
480 STD MC 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Laminate withThermofoil Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C H Model (T) (L) (LW) (W)
Right-Hand 237⁄8" 417⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS244230WST $ 374 $ 412 $ 639 $ 606
477⁄8" SS244830WST 450 494 694 658
537⁄8" SS245430WST 472 518 787 752
597⁄8" SS246030WST 487 537 811 770
657⁄8" SS246630WST 525 575 868 828
717⁄8" SS247230WST 565 619 929 884
Left-Hand297⁄8" 417⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS304224WST $ 374 $ 412 $ 639 $ 606
477⁄8" SS304824WST 450 494 694 658
537⁄8" SS305424WST 472 518 787 752
597⁄8" SS306024WST 487 537 811 770
657⁄8" SS306624WST 525 575 868 828
717⁄8" SS307224WST 565 619 929 884
Rim Profiles:
Sloped (S) Plastic (P) Softened (F)
C
B
A
C
B
A
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail; doubleline indicates location of wiremanager. Arrow on surfaceindicates grain direction.
Kimball Office Systems Page 363
Serpentine Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Single Rim
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Mobile undersurface storage
units are recommended for usewith serpentine worksurfaces.
• Side and back edges arefinished to match front rim.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:1 = Single rim
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4 5
SS244230WSTLW1 F STD 6 7 8
480 STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Laminate withLaminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C H Model (L) (LW) (W)
Right-Hand 237⁄8" 417⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS244230WST $ 423 $ 770 $ 730
477⁄8" SS244830WST 478 827 788
537⁄8" SS245430WST 532 915 872
597⁄8" SS246030WST 580 959 914
657⁄8" SS246630WST 667 1055 1005
717⁄8" SS247230WST 687 1089 1036
Left-Hand297⁄8" 417⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS304224WST $ 423 $ 770 $ 730
477⁄8" SS304824WST 478 827 788
537⁄8" SS305424WST 532 915 872
597⁄8" SS306024WST 580 959 914
657⁄8" SS306624WST 667 1055 1005
717⁄8" SS307224WST 687 1089 1036
C
B
A
C
B
A
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
Kimball Office Systems Page 364
Straight Corner Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Wire Manager
Related Products:• Keyboard adjustersSee the Perks Price List.
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must be
specified separately.• Side edges are finished to match
the front rim.• Return combo dimensions are
determined from left to right whenseated at the worksurface
• Grain direction runs parallel to theuser’s edge.
• IMPORTANT: Keyboard adjustermust be specified separately forsplit worksurface.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = Laminate3 Rim option:
3 = Wire manager4 Rim profile:
P = Plastic rim5 Surface finish price group:
STD = Group 16 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish designator8 Wire manager finish designator
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS24363624WSCSL3 P 5 6 7 8
STD 480 480 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Laminate A B C D E H Model (L)
Straight24"/24" Return Combo
357⁄8" 357⁄8" 237⁄8" 237⁄8" 171⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24363624WSCS $ 389
417⁄8" 417⁄8" 255⁄8" SS24424224WSCS 404
477⁄8" 477⁄8" 341⁄8" SS24484824WSCS 438
30"/30" Return Combo
417⁄8" 417⁄8" 297⁄8" 297⁄8" 171⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30424230WSCS $ 485
477⁄8" 477⁄8" 255⁄8" SS30484830WSCS 546
Straight Adjustable Split24"/24" Return Combo
417⁄8" 417⁄8" 237⁄8" 237⁄8" 235⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24424224WSCSS $ 854
477⁄8" 477⁄8" 321⁄8" SS24484824WSCSS 887
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P)
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail; doubleline indicates location of wiremanager. Arrow on surfaceindicates grain direction.
B
D
C
A
E
B
D
C
A
E
= Kwik Office model available.See the Kwik Office Price List.
Kimball Office Systems Page 365
Straight Corner Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Double Rim
Related Products:• Keyboard adjusters See the Perks Price List.
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must be
specified separately.• Side edges are finished to match
the front rim.• Return combo dimensions are
determined from left to right whenseated at the worksurface.
• Freestanding corner worksurfacesrequire half end panels forundersurface support. Returnsupport panels can also be used ifthe unit is secured to adjacentunits with flat brackets.
• Grain direction runs parallel to theuser’s edge.
• IMPORTANT: Keyboard adjustermust be specified separately forsplit worksurface.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = Laminate3 Rim option:
2 = Double rim4 Rim profile:
P = Plastic rim5 Surface finish price group:
STD = Group 16 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish designator
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS24363624WSCSL2 P 5 6 7
STD 480 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Laminate A B C D E H Model (L)
Straight24"/24" Return Combo
357⁄8" 357⁄8" 237⁄8" 237⁄8" 171⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24363624WSCS $ 537
417⁄8" 417⁄8" 255⁄8" SS24424224WSCS 552
477⁄8" 477⁄8" 341⁄8" SS24484824WSCS 583
30"/30" Return Combo
417⁄8" 417⁄8" 297⁄8" 297⁄8" 171⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30424230WSCS $ 625
477⁄8" 477⁄8" 255⁄8" SS30484830WSCS 684
Straight Adjustable Split24"/24" Return Combo
417⁄8" 417⁄8" 237⁄8" 237⁄8" 235⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24424224WSCSS $ 796
477⁄8" 477⁄8" 321⁄8" SS24484824WSCSS 829
Note: Bold lines indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
B
D
C
A
E
B
D
C
A
E
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P)
= Kwik Office model available.See the Kwik Office Price List.
Kimball Office Systems Page 366
Curved Corner Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Wire Manager—24"/24" Return Combos
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Side edges are finished to
match the top; wire manager ison the back edge.Exception: Side edges onworksurfaces with plastic rimoption (P) are finished to matchthe front plastic rim.
• Return combo dimensions aredetermined from left to rightwhen seated at the worksurface
• Woodgrain laminates cannot beapplied to 60" x 60" curvedcorner worksurfaces.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
T = ThermofoilL = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:3 = Wire manager
4 Rim profile:S = Sloped rim (available onthermofoil surface only)P = Plastic rim (available on laminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 thermofoil(+$60); Group 2 wood (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
9 Wire manager finish designator
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS24363624WSCCLW3 F 5 6 7 8 9
STD 480 STD MC 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Laminate with Thermofoil Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D H Model (T) (L) (LW) (W)
357⁄8" 357⁄8" 237⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24363624WSCC $ 379 $ 415 $ 849 $ 840
417⁄8" 417⁄8" SS24424224WSCC 395 433 911 895
477⁄8" SS24424824WSCC — 513 — —
597⁄8" SS24426024WSCC — 649 — —
477⁄8" 417⁄8" SS24484224WSCC — 513 — —
477⁄8" SS24484824WSCC 427 466 912 1028
597⁄8" SS24486024WSCC 617 673 1293 1286
597⁄8" 417⁄8" SS24604224WSCC — 649 — —
477⁄8" SS24604824WSCC 617 673 1293 1286
597⁄8" SS24606024WSCC — 913 — —
B
D
C
A
Note: Bold line indicates location of rim detail; double line indicateslocation of wire manager.
Rim Profiles:
Sloped (S) Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Grain Direction:
Symmetrical(except 48" thermofoil)
Right-hand Left-handSymmetrical48" thermofoil
48
48
= Kwik Office model available.See the Kwik Office Price List.
Kimball Office Systems Page 367
Curved Corner Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Wire Manager—30"/30" Return Combos
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Side edges are finished to
match the top; wire manager ison the back edge.Exception: Side edges onworksurfaces with plastic rimoption (P) are finished to matchthe front plastic rim.
• Return combo dimensions aredetermined from left to rightwhen seated at the worksurface
• Woodgrain laminates cannot beapplied to 60" x 60" curvedcorner worksurfaces.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
T = ThermofoilL = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:3 = Wire manager
4 Rim profile:S = Sloped rim (available onthermofoil surface only)P = Plastic rim (available on laminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 thermofoil(+$60); Group 2 wood (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
9 Wire manager finish designator
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS30424230WSCCL3 F 5 6 7 8 9
STD 480 STD MC 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Laminate with Thermofoil Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D H Model (T) (L) (LW) (W)
417⁄8" 417⁄8" 297⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30424230WSCC — $ 518 — —
477⁄8" 477⁄8" SS30484830WSCC $ 537 586 912 1028
597⁄8" SS30486030WSCC 695 758 1293 1286
597⁄8" 477⁄8" SS30604830WSCC 695 758 1293 1286
597⁄8" SS30606030WSCC — 958 — —
B
D
C
A
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail; doubleline indicates location of wiremanager.
Rim Profiles:
Sloped (S) Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Grain Direction:
Symmetrical(except 48" thermofoil)
Right-hand Left-handSymmetrical48" thermofoil
48
48
= Kwik Office model available.See the Kwik Office Price List.
Kimball Office Systems Page 368
Curved Corner Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Wire Manager—24"/30" Return Combos
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Side edges are finished to
match the top; wire manager ison the back edge.Exception: Side edges onworksurfaces with plastic rimoption (P) are finished to matchthe front plastic rim.
• Return combo dimensions aredetermined from left to rightwhen seated at the worksurface
• Woodgrain laminates cannot beapplied to 60" x 60" curvedcorner worksurfaces.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
T = ThermofoilL = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:3 = Wire manager
4 Rim profile:S = Sloped rim (available onthermofoil surface only)P = Plastic rim (available on laminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 thermofoil(+$60); Group 2 wood (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
9 Wire manager finish designator
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS24484830WSCCLW3 F 5 6 7 8 9
STD 480 STD MC 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Laminate with Thermofoil Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D H Model (T) (L) (LW) (W)
477⁄8" 417⁄8" 237⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24484230WSCC — $ 573 — —
477⁄8" SS24484830WSCC $ 539 590 $ 912 $ 1028
597⁄8" SS24486030WSCC 668 729 1293 1286
597⁄8" 417⁄8" SS24604230WSCC — 694 — —
477⁄8" SS24604830WSCC 668 729 1293 1286
597⁄8" SS24606030WSCC — 1033 — —
Rim Profiles:
Sloped (S) Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Grain Direction:
Symmetrical(except48" thermofoil)
Right-hand Left-handSymmetrical48" thermofoil
30 30 3030
24 24 24 24
48
48
B
D
C
A
Note: Bold line indicates location of rim detail; double line indicateslocation of wire manager.
Kimball Office Systems Page 369
Curved Corner Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Wire Manager—30"/24" Return Combos
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Side edges are finished to
match the top; wire manager ison the back edge.Exception: Side edges onworksurfaces with plastic rimoption (P) are finished to matchthe front plastic rim.
• Return combo dimensions aredetermined from left to rightwhen seated at the worksurface
• Woodgrain laminates cannot beapplied to 60" x 60" curvedcorner worksurfaces.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
T = ThermofoilL = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:3 = Wire manager
4 Rim profile:S = Sloped rim (available onthermofoil surface only)P = Plastic rim (available on laminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 thermofoil(+$60); Group 2 wood (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
9 Wire manager finish designator
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS30424824WSCCLW3 F 5 6 7 8 9
STD 480 STD MC 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Laminate with Thermofoil Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D H Model (T) (L) (LW) (W)
417⁄8" 477⁄8" 297⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30424824WSCC — $ 573 — —
597⁄8" SS30426024WSCC — 694 — —
477⁄8" 477⁄8" SS30484824WSCC $ 539 590 $ 912 $ 1028
597⁄8" SS30486024WSCC 668 729 1293 1286
597⁄8" 477⁄8" SS30604824WSCC 668 729 1293 1286
597⁄8" SS30606024WSCC — 1033 — —
B
D
C
A
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail; doubleline indicates location of wiremanager.
Rim Profiles:
Sloped (S) Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Grain Direction:
Symmetrical(except48" thermofoil)
Right-handSymmetrical48" thermofoil
Left-hand
24 24 2424
48
48
3030 30 30
Kimball Office Systems Page 370
Curved Corner Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Single Rim
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Side and back edges are
finished to match front rim.• Return combo dimensions are
determined from left to rightwhen seated at theworksurface.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:1 = Single rim
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS24363624WSCCLW1 F 5 6 7 8
STD 480 STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Laminate with Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D H Model (L) (LW) (W)
24"/24" Return Combo357⁄8" 357⁄8" 237⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24363624WSCC $ 595 $ 1049 $ 860
417⁄8" 417⁄8" SS24424224WSCC 651 1110 913
477⁄8" 477⁄8" SS24484824WSCC 772 1133 1030
477⁄8" 597⁄8" SS24486024WSCC 997 1410 1297
597⁄8" 477⁄8" SS24604824WSCC 997 1410 1297
30"/30" Return Combo 477⁄8" 477⁄8" 297⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30484830WSCC $ 772 $ 1133 $ 1030
477⁄8" 597⁄8" SS30486030WSCC 997 1410 1297
597⁄8" 477⁄8" SS30604830WSCC 997 1410 1297
24"/30" Return Combo 477⁄8" 477⁄8" 237⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24484830WSCC $ 772 $ 1133 $ 1030
477⁄8" 597⁄8" SS24486030WSCC 997 1410 1297
597⁄8" 477⁄8" SS24604830WSCC 997 1410 1297
30"/24" Return Combo 477⁄8" 477⁄8" 297⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30484824WSCC $ 772 $ 1133 $ 1030
477⁄8" 597⁄8" SS30486024WSCC 997 1410 1297
597⁄8" 477⁄8" SS30604824WSCC 997 1410 1297
B
D
C
A
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail.
Grain Direction:
Symmetrical Right-hand Left-hand
Kimball Office Systems Page 371
Curved Corner Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Double Rim—24"/24" and 30"/30" Return Combos
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Side and back edges are finished
to match front and back rim.• Return combo dimensions are
determined from left to rightwhen seated at the worksurface
• Corner worksurfaces require halfend panels for undersurfacesupport. Return support panelscan also be used if unit issecured to adjacent units withflat brackets.
• Woodgrain laminates cannot beapplied to 60" x 60" curvedcorner worksurfaces.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = Laminate3 Rim option:
2 = Double rim4 Rim profile:
P = Plastic rim5 Surface finish price group:
STD = Group 16 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish designator
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS24363624WSCCL2 P 5 6 7
STD 480 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Laminate A B C D H Model (L)
24"/24" Return Combo357⁄8" 357⁄8" 237⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24363624WSCC $ 562
417⁄8" 417⁄8" SS24424224WSCC 576
477⁄8" SS24424824WSCC 652
597⁄8" SS24426024WSCC 780
477⁄8" 417⁄8" SS24484224WSCC 652
477⁄8" SS24484824WSCC 609
597⁄8" SS24486024WSCC 804
597⁄8" 417⁄8" SS24604224WSCC 780
477⁄8" SS24604824WSCC 804
597⁄8" SS24606024WSCC 1028
30"/30" Return Combo 417⁄8" 417⁄8" 297⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30424230WSCC $ 658
477⁄8" 477⁄8" SS30484830WSCC 721
597⁄8" SS30486030WSCC 883
597⁄8" 477⁄8" SS30604830WSCC 883
597⁄8" SS30606030WSCC 1067
B
D
C
A
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail.
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P)
Grain Direction:
Symmetrical Right-hand Left-hand
= Kwik Office model available.See the Kwik Office Price List.
Kimball Office Systems Page 372
Curved Corner Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Double Rim—24"/30" and 30"/24" Return Combos
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Side and back edges are finished
to match front and back rim.• Return combo dimensions are
determined from left to rightwhen seated at the worksurface
• Corner worksurfaces require halfend panels for undersurfacesupport. Return support panelscan also be used if unit issecured to adjacent units withflat brackets.
• Woodgrain laminates cannot beapplied to 60" x 60" curvedcorner worksurfaces.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = Laminate3 Rim option:
2 = Double rim 4 Rim profile:
P = Plastic rim 5 Surface finish price group:
STD = Group 16 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish designator
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS24484230WSCCL2 P 5 6 7
STD 480 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Laminate A B C D H Model (L)
24"/30" Return Combo477⁄8" 417⁄8" 237⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24484230WSCC $ 709
477⁄8" SS24484830WSCC 723
597⁄8" SS24486030WSCC 854
597⁄8" 417⁄8" 237⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24604230WSCC 821
477⁄8" SS24604830WSCC 854
597⁄8" SS24606030WSCC 1138
30"/24" Return Combo417⁄8" 477⁄8" 297⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30424824WSCC $ 652
597⁄8" SS30426024WSCC 821
477⁄8" 477⁄8" SS30484824WSCC 723
597⁄8" SS30486024WSCC 854
597⁄8" 477⁄8" SS30604824WSCC 854
597⁄8" SS30606024WSCC 1138
B
D
C
A
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail.
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P)
Grain Direction:
Symmetrical Right-hand Left-hand
Kimball Office Systems Page 373
Right-Hand Serpentine Corner Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Wire Manager
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Mobile undersurface storage
units are recommended.• Side edges are finished to
match the top; wire manager ison the back edge.Exception: Side edges onworksurfaces with plastic rimoption (P) are finished to matchthe front plastic rim.
• Return combo dimensions aredetermined from left to rightwhen seated at the worksurface.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
T = ThermofoilL = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:3 = Wire manager
4 Rim profile:S = Sloped rim (available onthermofoil surface only)P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 thermofoil(+$60); Group 2 wood (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
9 Wire manager finish designator
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS24426024WSTCLW3 F5 6 7 8 9
STD 480 STD MC 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Laminate with Thermofoil Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D H Model (T) (L) (LW) (W)
24"/24" Return Combos 417⁄8" 597⁄8" 237⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24426024WSTC $ 801 $ 914 $ 1132 $ 1128
477⁄8" SS24486024WSTC 914 1047 1292 1288
30"/30" Return Combos 417⁄8" 597⁄8" 297⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30426030WSTC $ 801 $ 914 $ 1132 $ 1128
477⁄8" SS30486030WSTC 914 1047 1292 1288
24"/30" Return Combos 417⁄8" 597⁄8" 237⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24426030WSTC $ 801 $ 914 $ 1132 $ 1128
477⁄8" SS24486030WSTC 914 1047 1292 1288
30"/24" Return Combos 417⁄8" 597⁄8" 297⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30426024WSTC $ 801 $ 914 $ 1132 $ 1128
477⁄8" SS30486024WSTC 914 1047 1292 1288
D
B
C
A
Rim Profiles:
Sloped (S) Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail; doubleline indicates location of wiremanager. Arrow on surfaceindicates grain direction.
Dimensions for Space Planning:
21" on 42"D worksurface�27" on 48"D worksurface
21"IMPORTANT: If usingsupport at the narrowestpoint of the surface,consider the depth of the support.
Kimball Office Systems Page 374
Right-Hand Serpentine Corner Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Single Rim
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Mobile undersurface storage
units are recommended for usewith serpentine cornerworksurfaces.
• Side and back edges arefinished to match front rim.
• Return combo dimensions aredetermined from left to rightwhen seated at the worksurface.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:1 = Single rim
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 thermofoil(+$60); Group 2 wood (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4 5
SS24426024WSTCLW1 F STD 6 7 8
480 STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Laminate with Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D H Model (L) (LW) (W)
24"/24" Return Combos 417⁄8" 597⁄8" 237⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24426024WSTC $ 875 $ 1233 $ 1136
477⁄8" SS24486024WSTC 998 1410 1298
30"/30" Return Combos 417⁄8" 597⁄8" 297⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30426030WSTC $ 875 $ 1233 $ 1136
477⁄8" SS30486030WSTC 998 1410 1298
24"/30" Return Combos 417⁄8" 597⁄8" 237⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24426030WSTC $ 875 $ 1233 $ 1136
477⁄8" SS24486030WSTC 998 1410 1298
30"/24" Return Combos 417⁄8" 597⁄8" 297⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30426024WSTC $ 875 $ 1233 $ 1136
477⁄8" SS30486024WSTC 998 1410 1298
D
B
C
A
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
Dimensions for Space Planning:
21" on 42"D worksurface�27" on 48"D worksurface
21"IMPORTANT: If usingsupport at the narrowestpoint of the surface,consider the depth of the support.
Kimball Office Systems Page 375
Left-Hand Serpentine Corner Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Wire Manager
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Mobile undersurface storage
units are recommended for usewith serpentine cornerworksurface.
• Side edges are finished tomatch the top; wire manager ison the back edge.Exception: Side edges onworksurfaces with plastic rimoption (P) are finished to matchthe front plastic rim.
• Return combo dimensions aredetermined from left to rightwhen seated at the worksurface.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
T = ThermofoilL = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:3 = Wire manager
4 Rim profile:S = Sloped rim (available onthermofoil surface only)P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 thermofoil(+$60); Group 2 wood (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
9 Wire manager finish designator
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS24604224WSTCLW3 F5 6 7 8 9
STD 480 STD MC 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Laminate with Thermofoil Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D H Model (T) (L) (LW) (W)
24"/24" Return Combos 417⁄8" 597⁄8" 237⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24604224WSTC $ 801 $ 914 $ 1132 $ 1128
477⁄8" SS24604824WSTC 914 1047 1292 1288
30"/30" Return Combos 417⁄8" 597⁄8" 297⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30604230WSTC $ 801 $ 914 $ 1132 $ 1128
477⁄8" SS30604830WSTC 914 1047 1292 1288
24"/30" Return Combos 417⁄8" 597⁄8" 237⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24604230WSTC $ 801 $ 914 $ 1132 $ 1128
477⁄8" SS24604830WSTC 914 1047 1292 1288
30"/24" Return Combos 417⁄8" 597⁄8" 297⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30604224WSTC $ 801 $ 914 $ 1132 $ 1128
477⁄8" SS30604824WSTC 914 1047 1292 1288
C
B
D
A
Rim Profiles:
Sloped (S) Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail; doubleline indicates location of wiremanager. Arrow on surfaceindicates grain direction.
Dimensions for Space Planning:
21" on 42"D worksurface�27" on 48"D worksurface
21"IMPORTANT: If usingsupport at the narrowestpoint of the surface,consider the depth of the support.
Kimball Office Systems Page 376
Left-Hand Serpentine Corner Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Single Rim
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Mobile undersurface storage
units are recommended for usewith serpentine cornerworksurfaces.
• Side and back edges arefinished to match front rim.
• Return combo dimensions aredetermined from left to rightwhen seated at the worksurface.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:1 = Single rim
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4 5
SS24604224WSTCLW1 F STD 6 7 8
480 STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Laminate with Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D H Model (L) (LW) (W)
24"/24" Return Combos 417⁄8" 597⁄8" 237⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24604224WSTC $ 875 $ 1233 $ 1136
477⁄8" SS24604824WSTC 998 1410 1298
30"/30" Return Combos 417⁄8" 597⁄8" 297⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30604230WSTC $ 875 $ 1233 $ 1136
477⁄8" SS30604830WSTC 998 1410 1298
24"/30" Return Combos 417⁄8" 597⁄8" 237⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24604230WSTC $ 875 $ 1233 $ 1136
477⁄8" SS24604830WSTC 998 1410 1298
30"/24" Return Combos 417⁄8" 597⁄8" 297⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30604224WSTC $ 875 $ 1233 $ 1136
477⁄8" SS30604824WSTC 998 1410 1298
C
B
D
A
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
Dimensions for Space Planning:
21" on 42"D worksurface�27" on 48"D worksurface
21"IMPORTANT: If usingsupport at the narrowestpoint of the surface,consider the depth of the support.
Specifying Tips:• Dimensions shown are nominal.
Actual dimensions vary slightlyto correspond to the panelsystem specified.
• IMPORTANT: Brackets mustbe specified separately.
• Side edges are finished tomatch the top; wire manager ison the back edge.Exception: Side edges onworksurfaces with plastic rimoption (P) are finished to matchthe front plastic rim.
• Return combo dimensions aredetermined from left to rightwhen seated at the worksurface
Kimball Office Systems Page 377
120° Curved Corner Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Wire Manager
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
T = ThermofoilL = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:3 = Wire manager
4 Panel system:C = Cetra X = XsiteI = Interworks EQ
5 Rim profile:S = Sloped rim (available onthermofoil surface only)P = Plastic rim (available on laminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
6 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 thermofoil(+$60); Group 2 wood (+20%)
7 Surface finish designator8 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
9 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
bl Wire manager finish designator
Sample (base model underlined): 1 234 5
SS24363624WSCYLW3C F 6 7 8 9 bl
STD 480 STD MC 480
Laminate with Thermofoil Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D H Model (T) (L) (LW) (W)
24"/24" Return Combos 36" 36" 24" 24" 13⁄16" SS24363624WSCY $ 724 $ 762 $ 1219 $ 1136
42" 42" SS24424224WSCY 774 815 1293 1210
48" 48" SS24484824WSCY 854 898 1333 1248
60" 60" SS24606024WSCY — 1596 2362 2218
30"/30" Return Combos 42" 42" 30" 30" 13⁄16" SS30424230WSCY — $ 887 $ 1314 $ 1248
48" 48" SS30484830WSCY — 929 1374 1272
60" 60" SS30606030WSCY — 1643 2432 2296
Rim Profiles:
Sloped (S) Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Note: Bold line indicates location of rim detail; double line indicateslocation of wire manager.
DC
A B
Kimball Office Systems Page 378
Right-Hand Extended Straight Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Wire Manager—24"/24" Return Combos
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Return combo dimensions are
determined from left to rightwhen seated at theworksurface.
• Side edges are finished tomatch the top; wire manager ison the back edge.Exception: Side edges onworksurfaces with plastic rimoption (P) are finished to matchthe front plastic rim.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
T = ThermofoilL = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:3 = Wire manager
4 Rim profile:S = Sloped rim (available onthermofoil surface only)P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 thermofoil(+$60); Group 2 wood (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
9 Wire manager finish designator
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS24366624WSSELW3 F 5 6 7 8 9
STD 480 STD MC 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Laminate with Thermofoil Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D H Model (T) (L) (LW) (W)
357⁄8" 657⁄8" 237⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24366624WSSE $ 755 $ 863 $ 1064 $ 1059
717⁄8" SS24367224WSSE 822 942 1162 1156
777⁄8" SS24367824WSSE 889 1017 1260 1251
837⁄8" SS24368424WSSE 957 1099 1357 1349
897⁄8" SS24369024WSSE 1029 1177 1453 1445
957⁄8" SS24369624WSSE 1098 1255 1550 1541
417⁄8" 657⁄8" 237⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24426624WSSE 880 1007 1245 1237
717⁄8" SS24427224WSSE 957 1099 1357 1349
777⁄8" SS24427824WSSE 1038 1188 1471 1462
837⁄8" SS24428424WSSE 1119 1281 1585 1575
897⁄8" SS24429024WSSE 1198 1373 1697 1687
957⁄8" SS24429624WSSE 1278 1466 1809 1799
477⁄8" 657⁄8" 237⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24486624WSSE 1005 1150 1422 1412
717⁄8" SS24487224WSSE 1098 1255 1550 1541
777⁄8" SS24487824WSSE 1187 1360 1680 1669
837⁄8" SS24488424WSSE 1278 1466 1809 1799
897⁄8" SS24489024WSSE 1371 1569 1939 1926
957⁄8" SS24489624WSSE 1462 1673 2070 2053
D
B
C
A
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail; doubleline indicates location of wiremanager. Arrow on surfaceindicates grain direction.
Rim Profiles:
Sloped (S) Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Kimball Office Systems Page 379
Right-Hand Extended Straight Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Wire Manager—30"/30" Return Combos
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Return combo dimensions are
determined from left to rightwhen seated at theworksurface.
• Side edges are finished tomatch the top; wire manager ison the back edge.Exception: Side edges onworksurfaces with plastic rimoption (P) are finished to matchthe front plastic rim.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
T = ThermofoilL = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:3 = Wire manager
4 Rim profile:S = Sloped rim (available onthermofoil surface only)P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 thermofoil(+$60); Group 2 wood (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
9 Wire manager finish designator
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS30426630WSSELW3 F 5 6 7 8 9
STD 480 STD MC 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Laminate with Thermofoil Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D H Model (T) (L) (LW) (W)
417⁄8" 657⁄8" 297⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30426630WSSE $ 880 $ 1007 $ 1245 $ 1237
717⁄8" SS30427230WSSE 957 1099 1357 1349
777⁄8" SS30427830WSSE 1038 1188 1471 1462
837⁄8" SS30428430WSSE 1119 1281 1585 1575
897⁄8" SS30429030WSSE 1198 1373 1697 1687
957⁄8" SS30429630WSSE 1278 1466 1809 1799
477⁄8" 657⁄8" 297⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30486630WSSE 1005 1150 1422 1412
717⁄8" SS30487230WSSE 1098 1255 1550 1541
777⁄8" SS30487830WSSE 1187 1360 1680 1669
837⁄8" SS30488430WSSE 1278 1466 1809 1799
897⁄8" SS30489030WSSE 1371 1569 1939 1926
957⁄8" SS30489630WSSE 1462 1673 2070 2053
D
B
C
A
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail; doubleline indicates location of wiremanager. Arrow on surfaceindicates grain direction.
Rim Profiles:
Sloped (S) Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Kimball Office Systems Page 380
Right-Hand Extended Straight Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Wire Manager—24"/30" Return Combos
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Return combo dimensions are
determined from left to rightwhen seated at the worksurface.
• Side edges are finished tomatch the top; wire manager ison the back edge.Exception: Side edges onworksurfaces with plastic rimoption (P) are finished to matchthe front plastic rim.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
T = ThermofoilL = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:3 = Wire manager
4 Rim profile:S = Sloped rim (available onthermofoil surface only)P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 thermofoil(+$60); Group 2 wood (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
9 Wire manager finish designator
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS24426630WSSELW3 F 5 6 7 8 9
STD 480 STD MC 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Laminate with Thermofoil Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D H Model (T) (L) (LW) (W)
417⁄8" 657⁄8" 237⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24426630WSSE $ 880 $ 1007 $ 1245 $ 1237
717⁄8" SS24427230WSSE 957 1099 1357 1349
777⁄8" SS24427830WSSE 1038 1188 1471 1462
837⁄8" SS24428430WSSE 1119 1281 1585 1575
897⁄8" SS24429030WSSE 1198 1373 1697 1687
957⁄8" SS24429630WSSE 1278 1466 1809 1799
477⁄8" 657⁄8" 237⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24486630WSSE 1005 1150 1422 1412
717⁄8" SS24487230WSSE 1098 1255 1550 1541
777⁄8" SS24487830WSSE 1187 1360 1680 1669
837⁄8" SS24488430WSSE 1278 1466 1809 1799
897⁄8" SS24489030WSSE 1371 1569 1939 1926
957⁄8" SS24489630WSSE 1462 1673 2070 2053
D
B
C
A
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail; doubleline indicates location of wiremanager. Arrow on surfaceindicates grain direction.
Rim Profiles:
Sloped (S) Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Kimball Office Systems Page 381
Right-Hand Extended Straight Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Wire Manager—30"/24" Return Combos
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Return combo dimensions are
determined from left to rightwhen seated at the worksurface.
• Side edges are finished tomatch the top; wire manager ison the back edge.Exception: Side edges onworksurfaces with plastic rimoption (P) are finished to matchthe front plastic rim.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
T = ThermofoilL = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:3 = Wire manager
4 Rim profile:S = Sloped rim (available onthermofoil surface only)P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 thermofoil(+$60); Group 2 wood (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
9 Wire manager finish designator
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS30366624WSSELW3 F 5 6 7 8 9
STD 480 STD MC 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Laminate with Thermofoil Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D H Model (T) (L) (LW) (W)
357⁄8" 657⁄8" 297⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30366624WSSE $ 755 $ 863 $ 1064 $ 1059
717⁄8" SS30367224WSSE 822 942 1162 1156
777⁄8" SS30367824WSSE 889 1017 1260 1251
837⁄8" SS30368424WSSE 957 1099 1357 1349
897⁄8" SS30369024WSSE 1029 1177 1453 1445
957⁄8" SS30369624WSSE 1098 1255 1550 1541
417⁄8" 657⁄8" 297⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30426624WSSE 880 1007 1245 1237
717⁄8" SS30427224WSSE 957 1099 1357 1349
777⁄8" SS30427824WSSE 1038 1188 1471 1462
837⁄8" SS30428424WSSE 1119 1281 1585 1575
897⁄8" SS30429024WSSE 1198 1373 1697 1687
957⁄8" SS30429624WSSE 1278 1466 1809 1799
477⁄8" 657⁄8" 297⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30486624WSSE 1005 1150 1422 1412
717⁄8" SS30487224WSSE 1098 1255 1550 1541
777⁄8" SS30487824WSSE 1187 1360 1680 1669
837⁄8" SS30488424WSSE 1278 1466 1809 1799
897⁄8" SS30489024WSSE 1371 1569 1939 1926
957⁄8" SS30489624WSSE 1462 1673 2070 2053
D
B
C
A
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail; doubleline indicates location of wiremanager. Arrow on surfaceindicates grain direction.
Rim Profiles:
Sloped (S) Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Kimball Office Systems Page 382
Right-Hand Extended Straight Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Single Rim—24"/24" Return Combos
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Return combo dimensions are
determined from left to rightwhen seated at the worksurface.
• Side and back edges arefinished to match front rim.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:1 = Single rim
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS24366624WSSELW1 F 5 6 7 8
STD 480 STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Laminate with Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D H Model (L) (LW) (W)
357⁄8" 657⁄8" 237⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24366624WSSE $ 822 $ 1162 $ 1070
717⁄8" SS24367224WSSE 896 1267 1169
777⁄8" SS24367824WSSE 971 1374 1266
837⁄8" SS24368424WSSE 1045 1479 1364
897⁄8" SS24369024WSSE 1121 1586 1462
957⁄8" SS24369624WSSE 1196 1692 1559
417⁄8" 657⁄8" 237⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24426624WSSE 958 1356 1251
717⁄8" SS24427224WSSE 1045 1479 1364
777⁄8" SS24427824WSSE 1134 1603 1478
837⁄8" SS24428424WSSE 1220 1725 1591
897⁄8" SS24429024WSSE 1307 1849 1706
957⁄8" SS24429624WSSE 1394 1973 1818
477⁄8" 657⁄8" 237⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24486624WSSE 1096 1548 1429
717⁄8" SS24487224WSSE 1196 1692 1559
777⁄8" SS24487824WSSE 1294 1830 1689
837⁄8" SS24488424WSSE 1394 1973 1818
897⁄8" SS24489024WSSE 1493 2112 1948
957⁄8" SS24489624WSSE 1593 2255 2078
D
B
C
A
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
Kimball Office Systems Page 383
Right-Hand Extended Straight Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Single Rim—30"/30" Return Combos
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Return combo dimensions are
determined from left to rightwhen seated at the worksurface.
• Side and back edges arefinished to match front rim.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:1 = Single rim
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS30426630WSSELW1 F 5 6 7 8
STD 480 STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Laminate with Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D H Model (L) (LW) (W)
417⁄8" 657⁄8" 297⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30426630WSSE $ 958 $ 1356 $ 1251
717⁄8" SS30427230WSSE 1045 1479 1364
777⁄8" SS30427830WSSE 1134 1603 1478
837⁄8" SS30428430WSSE 1220 1725 1591
897⁄8" SS30429030WSSE 1307 1849 1706
957⁄8" SS30429630WSSE 1394 1973 1818
477⁄8" 657⁄8" 297⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30486630WSSE 1096 1548 1429
717⁄8" SS30487230WSSE 1196 1692 1559
777⁄8" SS30487830WSSE 1294 1830 1689
837⁄8" SS30488430WSSE 1394 1973 1818
897⁄8" SS30489030WSSE 1493 2112 1948
957⁄8" SS30489630WSSE 1593 2255 2078
D
B
C
A
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Kimball Office Systems Page 384
Right-Hand Extended Straight Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Single Rim—24"/30" Return Combos
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Return combo dimensions are
determined from left to rightwhen seated at the worksurface.
• Side and back edges arefinished to match front rim.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:1 = Single rim
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS24426630WSSELW1 F 5 6 7 8
STD 480 STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Laminate with Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D H Model (L) (LW) (W)
417⁄8" 657⁄8" 237⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24426630WSSE $ 958 $ 1356 $ 1251
717⁄8" SS24427230WSSE 1045 1479 1364
777⁄8" SS24427830WSSE 1134 1603 1478
837⁄8" SS24428430WSSE 1220 1725 1591
897⁄8" SS24429030WSSE 1307 1849 1706
957⁄8" SS24429630WSSE 1394 1973 1818
477⁄8" 657⁄8" 237⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24486630WSSE 1096 1548 1429
717⁄8" SS24487230WSSE 1196 1692 1559
777⁄8" SS24487830WSSE 1294 1830 1689
837⁄8" SS24488430WSSE 1394 1973 1818
897⁄8" SS24489030WSSE 1493 2112 1948
957⁄8" SS24489630WSSE 1593 2255 2078
D
B
C
A
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Kimball Office Systems Page 385
Right-Hand Extended Straight Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Single Rim—30"/24" Return Combos
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Return combo dimensions are
determined from left to rightwhen seated at the worksurface.
• Side and back edges arefinished to match front rim.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:1 = Single rim
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS30366624WSSELW1 F 5 6 7 8
STD 480 STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Laminate with Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D H Model (L) (LW) (W)
357⁄8" 657⁄8" 297⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30366624WSSE $ 822 $ 1162 $ 1070
717⁄8" SS30367224WSSE 896 1267 1169
777⁄8" SS30367824WSSE 971 1374 1266
837⁄8" SS30368424WSSE 1045 1479 1364
897⁄8" SS30369024WSSE 1121 1586 1462
957⁄8" SS30369624WSSE 1196 1692 1559
417⁄8" 657⁄8" 297⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30426624WSSE 958 1356 1251
717⁄8" SS30427224WSSE 1045 1479 1364
777⁄8" SS30427824WSSE 1134 1603 1478
837⁄8" SS30428424WSSE 1220 1725 1591
897⁄8" SS30429024WSSE 1307 1849 1706
957⁄8" SS30429624WSSE 1394 1973 1818
477⁄8" 657⁄8" 297⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30486624WSSE 1096 1548 1429
717⁄8" SS30487224WSSE 1196 1692 1559
777⁄8" SS30487824WSSE 1294 1830 1689
837⁄8" SS30488424WSSE 1394 1973 1818
897⁄8" SS30489024WSSE 1493 2112 1948
957⁄8" SS30489624WSSE 1593 2255 2078
D
B
C
A
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Kimball Office Systems Page 386
Right-Hand Extended Straight Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Double Rim—24"/24" Return Combos
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Return combo dimensions are
determined from left to rightwhen seated at the worksurface.
• Side edges are finished tomatch front and back rims.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:2 = Double rim
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS24366624WSSELW2 F 5 6 7 8
STD 480 STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Laminate with Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D H Model (L) (LW) (W)
357⁄8" 657⁄8" 237⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24366624WSSE $ 853 $ 1178 $ 1084
717⁄8" SS24367224WSSE 932 1283 1181
777⁄8" SS24367824WSSE 1009 1392 1280
837⁄8" SS24368424WSSE 1086 1499 1378
897⁄8" SS24369024WSSE 1163 1605 1478
957⁄8" SS24369624WSSE 1240 1713 1577
417⁄8" 657⁄8" 237⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24426624WSSE 995 1374 1264
717⁄8" SS24427224WSSE 1086 1499 1378
777⁄8" SS24427824WSSE 1175 1623 1494
837⁄8" SS24428424WSSE 1266 1749 1608
897⁄8" SS24429024WSSE 1357 1873 1725
957⁄8" SS24429624WSSE 1448 1998 1840
477⁄8" 657⁄8" 237⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24486624WSSE 1137 1569 1445
717⁄8" SS24487224WSSE 1240 1713 1577
777⁄8" SS24487824WSSE 1344 1855 1709
837⁄8" SS24488424WSSE 1448 1998 1840
897⁄8" SS24489024WSSE 1550 2142 1971
957⁄8" SS24489624WSSE 1655 2283 2101
D
B
C
A
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Kimball Office Systems Page 387
Right-Hand Extended Straight Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Double Rim—30"/30" Return Combos
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Return combo dimensions are
determined from left to rightwhen seated at the worksurface.
• Side edges are finished tomatch front and back rims.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:2 = Double rim
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS30426630WSSELW2 F 5 6 7 8
STD 480 STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Laminate with Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D H Model (L) (LW) (W)
417⁄8" 657⁄8" 297⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30426630WSSE $ 995 $ 1374 $ 1264
717⁄8" SS30427230WSSE 1086 1499 1378
777⁄8" SS30427830WSSE 1175 1623 1494
837⁄8" SS30428430WSSE 1266 1749 1608
897⁄8" SS30429030WSSE 1357 1873 1725
957⁄8" SS30429630WSSE 1448 1998 1840
477⁄8" 657⁄8" 297⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30486630WSSE 1137 1569 1445
717⁄8" SS30487230WSSE 1240 1713 1577
777⁄8" SS30487830WSSE 1344 1855 1709
837⁄8" SS30488430WSSE 1448 1998 1840
897⁄8" SS30489030WSSE 1550 2142 1971
957⁄8" SS30489630WSSE 1655 2283 2101
D
B
C
A
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Kimball Office Systems Page 388
Right-Hand Extended Straight Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Double Rim—24"/30" Return Combos
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Return combo dimensions are
determined from left to rightwhen seated at the worksurface.
• Side edges are finished tomatch front and back rims.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:2 = Double rim
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS24426630WSSELW2 F 5 6 7 8
STD 480 STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Laminate with Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D H Model (L) (LW) (W)
417⁄8" 657⁄8" 237⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24426630WSSE $ 995 $ 1374 $ 1264
717⁄8" SS24427230WSSE 1086 1499 1378
777⁄8" SS24427830WSSE 1175 1623 1494
837⁄8" SS24428430WSSE 1266 1749 1608
897⁄8" SS24429030WSSE 1357 1873 1725
957⁄8" SS24429630WSSE 1448 1998 1840
477⁄8" 657⁄8" 237⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24486630WSSE 1137 1569 1445
717⁄8" SS24487230WSSE 1240 1713 1577
777⁄8" SS24487830WSSE 1344 1855 1709
837⁄8" SS24488430WSSE 1448 1998 1840
897⁄8" SS24489030WSSE 1550 2142 1971
957⁄8" SS24489630WSSE 1655 2283 2101
D
B
C
A
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Kimball Office Systems Page 389
Right-Hand Extended Straight Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Double Rim—30"/24" Return Combos
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Return combo dimensions are
determined from left to rightwhen seated at the worksurface.
• Side edges are finished tomatch front and back rims.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:2 = Double rim
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS30366624WSSELW2 F 5 6 7 8
STD 480 STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Laminate with Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D H Model (L) (LW) (W)
357⁄8" 657⁄8" 297⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30366624WSSE $ 853 $ 1178 $ 1084
717⁄8" SS30367224WSSE 932 1283 1181
777⁄8" SS30367824WSSE 1009 1392 1280
837⁄8" SS30368424WSSE 1086 1499 1378
897⁄8" SS30369024WSSE 1163 1605 1478
957⁄8" SS30369624WSSE 1240 1713 1577
417⁄8" 657⁄8" 297⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30426624WSSE 995 1374 1264
717⁄8" SS30427224WSSE 1086 1499 1378
777⁄8" SS30427824WSSE 1175 1623 1494
837⁄8" SS30428424WSSE 1266 1749 1608
897⁄8" SS30429024WSSE 1357 1873 1725
957⁄8" SS30429624WSSE 1448 1998 1840
477⁄8" 657⁄8" 297⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30486624WSSE 1137 1569 1445
717⁄8" SS30487224WSSE 1240 1713 1577
777⁄8" SS30487824WSSE 1344 1855 1709
837⁄8" SS30488424WSSE 1448 1998 1840
897⁄8" SS30489024WSSE 1550 2142 1971
957⁄8" SS30489624WSSE 1655 2283 2101
D
B
C
A
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Kimball Office Systems Page 390
Left-Hand Extended Straight Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Wire Manager—24"/24" Return Combos
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Return combo dimensions are
determined from left to rightwhen seated at the worksurface.
• Side edges are finished tomatch the top; wire manager ison the back edge.Exception: Side edges onworksurfaces with plastic rimoption (P) are finished to matchthe front plastic rim.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
T = ThermofoilL = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:3 = Wire manager
4 Rim profile:S = Sloped rim (available onthermofoil surface only)P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 thermofoil(+$60); Group 2 wood (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
9 Wire manager finish designator
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS24663624WSSELW3 F 5 6 7 8 9
STD 480 STD MC 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Laminate with Thermofoil Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D H Model (T) (L) (LW) (W)
357⁄8" 657⁄8" 237⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24663624WSSE $ 755 $ 863 $ 1064 $ 1059
717⁄8" SS24723624WSSE 822 942 1162 1156
777⁄8" SS24783624WSSE 889 1017 1260 1251
837⁄8" SS24843624WSSE 957 1099 1357 1349
897⁄8" SS24903624WSSE 1029 1177 1453 1445
957⁄8" SS24963624WSSE 1098 1255 1550 1541
417⁄8" 657⁄8" 237⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24664224WSSE 880 1007 1245 1237
717⁄8" SS24724224WSSE 957 1099 1357 1349
777⁄8" SS24784224WSSE 1038 1188 1471 1462
837⁄8" SS24844224WSSE 1119 1281 1585 1575
897⁄8" SS24904224WSSE 1198 1373 1697 1687
957⁄8" SS24964224WSSE 1278 1466 1809 1799
477⁄8" 657⁄8" 237⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24664824WSSE 1005 1150 1422 1412
717⁄8" SS24724824WSSE 1098 1255 1550 1541
777⁄8" SS24784824WSSE 1187 1360 1680 1669
837⁄8" SS24844824WSSE 1278 1466 1809 1799
897⁄8" SS24904824WSSE 1371 1569 1939 1926
957⁄8" SS24964824WSSE 1462 1673 2070 2053
A
B
D
C
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail; doubleline indicates location of wiremanager. Arrow on surfaceindicates grain direction.
Rim Profiles:
Sloped (S) Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Kimball Office Systems Page 391
Left-Hand Extended Straight Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Wire Manager—30"/30" Return Combos
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Return combo dimensions are
determined from left to rightwhen seated at the worksurface.
• Side edges are finished tomatch the top; wire manager ison the back edge.Exception: Side edges onworksurfaces with plastic rimoption (P) are finished to matchthe front plastic rim.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
T = ThermofoilL = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:3 = Wire manager
4 Rim profile:S = Sloped rim (available onthermofoil surface only)P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 thermofoil(+$60); Group 2 wood (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
9 Wire manager finish designator
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS30664230WSSELW3 F 5 6 7 8 9
STD 480 STD MC 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Laminate with Thermofoil Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D H Model (T) (L) (LW) (W)
417⁄8" 657⁄8" 297⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30664230WSSE $ 880 $ 1007 $ 1245 $ 1237
717⁄8" SS30724230WSSE 957 1099 1357 1349
777⁄8" SS30784230WSSE 1038 1188 1471 1462
837⁄8" SS30844230WSSE 1119 1281 1585 1575
897⁄8" SS30904230WSSE 1198 1373 1697 1687
957⁄8" SS30964230WSSE 1278 1466 1809 1799
477⁄8" 657⁄8" 297⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30664830WSSE 1005 1150 1422 1412
717⁄8" SS30724830WSSE 1098 1255 1550 1541
777⁄8" SS30784830WSSE 1187 1360 1680 1669
837⁄8" SS30844830WSSE 1278 1466 1809 1799
897⁄8" SS30904830WSSE 1371 1569 1939 1926
957⁄8" SS30964830WSSE 1462 1673 2070 2053
A
B
D
C
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail; doubleline indicates location of wiremanager. Arrow on surfaceindicates grain direction.
Rim Profiles:
Sloped (S) Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Kimball Office Systems Page 392
Left-Hand Extended Straight Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Wire Manager—24"/30" Return Combos
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Return combo dimensions are
determined from left to rightwhen seated at the worksurface.
• Side edges are finished tomatch the top; wire manager ison the back edge.Exception: Side edges onworksurfaces with plastic rimoption (P) are finished to matchthe front plastic rim.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
T = ThermofoilL = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:3 = Wire manager
4 Rim profile:S = Sloped rim (available onthermofoil surface only)P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 thermofoil(+$60); Group 2 wood (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
9 Wire manager finish designator
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS24663630WSSELW3 F 5 6 7 8 9
STD 480 STD MC 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Laminate with Thermofoil Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D H Model (T) (L) (LW) (W)
357⁄8" 657⁄8" 237⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24663630WSSE $ 755 $ 863 $ 1064 $ 1059
717⁄8" SS24723630WSSE 822 942 1162 1156
777⁄8" SS24783630WSSE 889 1017 1260 1251
837⁄8" SS24843630WSSE 957 1099 1357 1349
897⁄8" SS24903630WSSE 1029 1177 1453 1445
957⁄8" SS24963630WSSE 1098 1255 1550 1541
417⁄8" 657⁄8" 237⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24664230WSSE 880 1007 1245 1237
717⁄8" SS24724230WSSE 957 1099 1357 1349
777⁄8" SS24784230WSSE 1038 1188 1471 1462
837⁄8" SS24844230WSSE 1119 1281 1585 1575
897⁄8" SS24904230WSSE 1198 1373 1697 1687
957⁄8" SS24964230WSSE 1278 1466 1809 1799
477⁄8" 657⁄8" 237⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24664830WSSE 1005 1150 1422 1412
717⁄8" SS24724830WSSE 1098 1255 1550 1541
777⁄8" SS24784830WSSE 1187 1360 1680 1669
837⁄8" SS24844830WSSE 1278 1466 1809 1799
897⁄8" SS24904830WSSE 1371 1569 1939 1926
957⁄8" SS24964830WSSE 1462 1673 2070 2053
A
B
D
C
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail; doubleline indicates location of wiremanager. Arrow on surfaceindicates grain direction.
Rim Profiles:
Sloped (S) Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Kimball Office Systems Page 393
Left-Hand Extended Straight Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Wire Manager—30"/24" Return Combos
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Return combo dimensions are
determined from left to rightwhen seated at the worksurface.
• Side edges are finished tomatch the top; wire manager ison the back edge.Exception: Side edges onworksurfaces with plastic rimoption (P) are finished to matchthe front plastic rim.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
T = ThermofoilL = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:3 = Wire manager
4 Rim profile:S = Sloped rim (available onthermofoil surface only)P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 thermofoil(+$60); Group 2 wood (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
9 Wire manager finish designator
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS30664224WSSELW3 F 5 6 7 8 9
STD 480 STD MC 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Laminate with Thermofoil Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D H Model (T) (L) (LW) (W)
417⁄8" 657⁄8" 297⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30664224WSSE $ 880 $ 1007 $ 1245 $ 1237
717⁄8" SS30724224WSSE 957 1099 1357 1349
777⁄8" SS30784224WSSE 1038 1188 1471 1462
837⁄8" SS30844224WSSE 1119 1281 1585 1575
897⁄8" SS30904224WSSE 1198 1373 1697 1687
957⁄8" SS30964224WSSE 1278 1466 1809 1799
477⁄8" 657⁄8" 297⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30664824WSSE 1005 1150 1422 1412
717⁄8" SS30724824WSSE 1098 1255 1550 1541
777⁄8" SS30784824WSSE 1187 1360 1680 1669
837⁄8" SS30844824WSSE 1278 1466 1809 1799
897⁄8" SS30904824WSSE 1371 1569 1939 1926
957⁄8" SS30964824WSSE 1462 1673 2070 2053
A
B
D
C
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail; doubleline indicates location of wiremanager. Arrow on surfaceindicates grain direction.
Rim Profiles:
Sloped (S) Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Kimball Office Systems Page 394
Left-Hand Extended Straight Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Single Rim—24"/24" Return Combos
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Return combo dimensions are
determined from left to rightwhen seated at the worksurface.
• Side and back edges arefinished to match front rim.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:1 = Single rim
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS24663624WSSELW1 F 5 6 7 8
STD 480 STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Laminate with Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D H Model (L) (LW) (W)
357⁄8" 657⁄8" 237⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24663624WSSE $ 822 $ 1162 $ 1070
717⁄8" SS24723624WSSE 896 1267 1169
777⁄8" SS24783624WSSE 971 1374 1266
837⁄8" SS24843624WSSE 1045 1479 1364
897⁄8" SS24903624WSSE 1121 1586 1462
957⁄8" SS24963624WSSE 1196 1692 1559
417⁄8" 657⁄8" 237⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24664224WSSE 958 1356 1251
717⁄8" SS24724224WSSE 1045 1479 1364
777⁄8" SS24784224WSSE 1134 1603 1478
837⁄8" SS24844224WSSE 1220 1725 1591
897⁄8" SS24904224WSSE 1307 1849 1706
957⁄8" SS24964224WSSE 1394 1973 1818
477⁄8" 657⁄8" 237⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24664824WSSE 1096 1548 1429
717⁄8" SS24724824WSSE 1196 1692 1559
777⁄8" SS24784824WSSE 1294 1830 1689
837⁄8" SS24844824WSSE 1394 1973 1818
897⁄8" SS24904824WSSE 1493 2112 1948
957⁄8" SS24964824WSSE 1593 2255 2078
A
B
D
C
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Kimball Office Systems Page 395
Left-Hand Extended Straight Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Single Rim—30"/30" Return Combos
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Return combo dimensions are
determined from left to rightwhen seated at the worksurface.
• Side and back edges arefinished to match front rim.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:1 = Single rim
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS30664230WSSELW1 F 5 6 7 8
STD 480 STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Laminate with Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D H Model (L) (LW) (W)
417⁄8" 657⁄8" 297⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30664230WSSE $ 958 $ 1356 $ 1251
717⁄8" SS30724230WSSE 1045 1479 1364
777⁄8" SS30784230WSSE 1133 1603 1478
837⁄8" SS30844230WSSE 1220 1725 1591
897⁄8" SS30904230WSSE 1307 1849 1706
957⁄8" SS30964230WSSE 1394 1973 1818
477⁄8" 657⁄8" 297⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30664830WSSE 1096 1548 1429
717⁄8" SS30724830WSSE 1196 1692 1559
777⁄8" SS30784830WSSE 1294 1830 1689
837⁄8" SS30844830WSSE 1394 1973 1818
897⁄8" SS30904830WSSE 1493 2112 1948
957⁄8" SS30964830WSSE 1593 2255 2078
A
B
D
C
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Kimball Office Systems Page 396
Left-Hand Extended Straight Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Single Rim—24"/30" Returns
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Return combo dimensions are
determined from left to rightwhen seated at the worksurface.
• Side and back edges arefinished to match front rim.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:1 = Single rim
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS24663630WSSELW1 F 5 6 7 8
STD 480 STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Laminate with Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D H Model (L) (LW) (W)
357⁄8" 657⁄8" 237⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24663630WSSE $ 822 $ 1162 $ 1070
717⁄8" SS24723630WSSE 896 1267 1169
777⁄8" SS24783630WSSE 971 1374 1266
837⁄8" SS24843630WSSE 1045 1479 1364
897⁄8" SS24903630WSSE 1121 1586 1462
957⁄8" SS24963630WSSE 1196 1692 1559
417⁄8" 657⁄8" 237⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24664230WSSE 958 1356 1251
717⁄8" SS24724230WSSE 1045 1479 1364
777⁄8" SS24784230WSSE 1134 1603 1478
837⁄8" SS24844230WSSE 1220 1725 1591
897⁄8" SS24904230WSSE 1307 1849 1706
957⁄8" SS24964230WSSE 1394 1973 1818
477⁄8" 657⁄8" 237⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24664830WSSE 1096 1548 1429
717⁄8" SS24724830WSSE 1196 1692 1559
777⁄8" SS24784830WSSE 1294 1830 1689
837⁄8" SS24844830WSSE 1394 1973 1818
897⁄8" SS24904830WSSE 1493 2112 1948
957⁄8" SS24964830WSSE 1593 2255 2078
A
B
D
C
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Kimball Office Systems Page 397
Left-Hand Extended Straight Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Single Rim—30"/24" Returns
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Return combo dimensions are
determined from left to rightwhen seated at the worksurface.
• Side and back edges arefinished to match front rim.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:1 = Single rim
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS30664224WSSELW1 F 5 6 7 8
STD 480 STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Laminate with Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D H Model (L) (LW) (W)
417⁄8" 657⁄8" 297⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30664224WSSE $ 958 $ 1356 $ 1251
717⁄8" SS30724224WSSE 1045 1479 1364
777⁄8" SS30784224WSSE 1134 1603 1478
837⁄8" SS30844224WSSE 1220 1725 1591
897⁄8" SS30904224WSSE 1307 1849 1706
957⁄8" SS30964224WSSE 1394 1973 1818
477⁄8" 657⁄8" 297⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30664824WSSE 1096 1548 1429
717⁄8" SS30724824WSSE 1196 1692 1559
777⁄8" SS30784824WSSE 1294 1830 1689
837⁄8" SS30844824WSSE 1394 1973 1818
897⁄8" SS30904824WSSE 1493 2112 1948
957⁄8" SS30964824WSSE 1593 2255 2078
A
B
D
C
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Kimball Office Systems Page 398
Left-Hand Extended Straight Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Double Rim—24"/24" Return Combos
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Return combo dimensions are
determined from left to rightwhen seated at the worksurface.
• Side edges are finished tomatch the front and back rims.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:2 = Double rim
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS24663624WSSELW2 F 5 6 7 8
STD 480 STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Laminate with Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D H Model (L) (LW) (W)
357⁄8" 657⁄8" 237⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24663624WSSE $ 853 $ 1178 $ 1084
717⁄8" SS24723624WSSE 932 1283 1181
777⁄8" SS24783624WSSE 1009 1392 1280
837⁄8" SS24843624WSSE 1086 1499 1378
897⁄8" SS24903624WSSE 1163 1605 1478
957⁄8" SS24963624WSSE 1240 1713 1577
417⁄8" 657⁄8" 237⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24664224WSSE 995 1374 1264
717⁄8" SS24724224WSSE 1086 1499 1378
777⁄8" SS24784224WSSE 1175 1623 1494
837⁄8" SS24844224WSSE 1266 1749 1608
897⁄8" SS24904224WSSE 1357 1873 1725
957⁄8" SS24964224WSSE 1448 1998 1840
477⁄8" 657⁄8" 237⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24664824WSSE 1137 1569 1445
717⁄8" SS24724824WSSE 1240 1713 1577
777⁄8" SS24784824WSSE 1344 1855 1709
837⁄8" SS24844824WSSE 1448 1998 1840
897⁄8" SS24904824WSSE 1550 2142 1971
957⁄8" SS24964824WSSE 1655 2283 2101
A
B
D
C
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Kimball Office Systems Page 399
Left-Hand Extended Straight Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Double Rim—30"/30" Return Combos
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Return combo dimensions are
determined from left to rightwhen seated at the worksurface.
• Side edges are finished tomatch the front and back rims.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:2 = Double rim
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS30664230WSSELW2 F 5 6 7 8
STD 480 STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Laminate with Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D H Model (L) (LW) (W)
417⁄8" 657⁄8" 297⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30664230WSSE $ 995 $ 1374 $ 1264
717⁄8" SS30724230WSSE 1086 1499 1378
777⁄8" SS30784230WSSE 1175 1623 1494
837⁄8" SS30844230WSSE 1266 1749 1608
897⁄8" SS30904230WSSE 1357 1873 1725
957⁄8" SS30964230WSSE 1448 1998 1840
477⁄8" 657⁄8" 297⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30664830WSSE 1137 1569 1445
717⁄8" SS30724830WSSE 1240 1713 1577
777⁄8" SS30784830WSSE 1344 1855 1709
837⁄8" SS30844830WSSE 1448 1998 1840
897⁄8" SS30904830WSSE 1550 2142 1971
957⁄8" SS30964830WSSE 1655 2283 2101
A
B
D
C
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Kimball Office Systems Page 400
Left-Hand Extended Straight Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Double Rim—24"/30" Return Combos
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Return combo dimensions are
determined from left to rightwhen seated at the worksurface.
• Side edges are finished tomatch the front and back rims.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:2 = Double rim
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS24663630WSSELW2 F 5 6 7 8
STD 480 STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Laminate with Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D H Model (L) (LW) (W)
357⁄8" 657⁄8" 237⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24663630WSSE $ 853 $ 1178 $ 1084
717⁄8" SS24723630WSSE 932 1283 1181
777⁄8" SS24783630WSSE 1009 1392 1280
837⁄8" SS24843630WSSE 1086 1499 1378
897⁄8" SS24903630WSSE 1163 1605 1478
957⁄8" SS24963630WSSE 1240 1713 1577
417⁄8" 657⁄8" 237⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24664230WSSE 995 1374 1264
717⁄8" SS24724230WSSE 1086 1499 1378
777⁄8" SS24784230WSSE 1175 1623 1494
837⁄8" SS24844230WSSE 1266 1749 1608
897⁄8" SS24904230WSSE 1357 1873 1725
957⁄8" SS24964230WSSE 1448 1998 1840
477⁄8" 657⁄8" 237⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24664830WSSE 1137 1569 1445
717⁄8" SS24724830WSSE 1240 1713 1577
777⁄8" SS24784830WSSE 1344 1855 1709
837⁄8" SS24844830WSSE 1448 1998 1840
897⁄8" SS24904830WSSE 1550 2142 1971
957⁄8" SS24964830WSSE 1655 2283 2101
A
B
D
C
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Kimball Office Systems Page 401
Left-Hand Extended Straight Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Double Rim—30"/24" Return Combos
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Return combo dimensions are
determined from left to rightwhen seated at the worksurface.
• Side edges are finished tomatch the front and back rims.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:2 = Double rim
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS30664224WSSELW2 F 5 6 7 8
STD 480 STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Laminate with Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D H Model (L) (LW) (W)
417⁄8" 657⁄8" 297⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30664224WSSE $ 995 $ 1374 $ 1264
717⁄8" SS30724224WSSE 1086 1499 1378
777⁄8" SS30784224WSSE 1175 1623 1494
837⁄8" SS30844224WSSE 1266 1749 1608
897⁄8" SS30904224WSSE 1357 1873 1725
957⁄8" SS30964224WSSE 1448 1998 1840
477⁄8" 657⁄8" 297⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30664824WSSE 1137 1569 1445
717⁄8" SS30724824WSSE 1240 1713 1577
777⁄8" SS30784824WSSE 1344 1855 1709
837⁄8" SS30844824WSSE 1448 1998 1840
897⁄8" SS30904824WSSE 1550 2142 1971
957⁄8" SS30964824WSSE 1655 2283 2101
A
B
D
C
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Kimball Office Systems Page 402
Right-Hand Extended Arc Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Double Rim
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Side “A” dimension for
thermofoil worksurfaces is409⁄32".
• Consider dimension "E" whenspecifying pedestals for use withextended arc worksurfaces.
• Extended arc worksurfaces withan “E” dimension of 151⁄8" arefor use with 15"W pedestals only.
• Side edges are finished tomatch the front and back rims.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
T = ThermofoilL = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:2 = Double rim
4 Rim profile:S = Sloped rim (available onthermofoil surface only)P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 thermofoil(+$60); Group 2 wood (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS30427830WSAELW2 F 5 6 7 8
STD 480 STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
D
B
C
A
E
Laminate with Thermofoil Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D E H Model (T) (L) (LW) (W)
30"/30" Return Combos417⁄8" 777⁄8" 297⁄8" 297⁄8" 151⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30427830WSAE $ 1139 $ 1234 $ 1707 $ 1570
837⁄8" 211⁄8" SS30428430WSAE 1236 1330 1836 1692
477⁄8" 777⁄8" 151⁄8" SS30487830WSAE — 1412 1948 1794
837⁄8" 211⁄8" SS30488430WSAE — 1522 2099 1932
24"/30" Return Combos417⁄8" 717⁄8" 237⁄8" 297⁄8" 151⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24427230WSAE $ 1046 $ 1141 $ 1576 $ 1449
777⁄8" 211⁄8" SS24427830WSAE 1139 1234 1707 1570
837⁄8" 271⁄8" SS24428430WSAE 1236 1330 1836 1692
477⁄8" 717⁄8" 237⁄8" 297⁄8" 151⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24487230WSAE — 1303 1801 1657
777⁄8" 211⁄8" SS24487830WSAE — 1412 1948 1794
837⁄8" 271⁄8" SS24488430WSAE — 1522 2099 1932
Rim Profiles:
Sloped (S) Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
Dimensions for Space Planning:
Note: Dimensions forthermofoil work surfaces are1⁄2" less than shown.
16" on 42"D worksurface�22" on 48"D worksurface
32" 36"
Kimball Office Systems Page 403
Left-Hand Extended Arc Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Double Rim
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Side “A” dimension for
thermofoil worksurfaces is409⁄32".
• Consider dimension "E" whenspecifying pedestals for use withextended arc worksurfaces.
• Extended arc worksurfaces withan “E” dimension of 151⁄8" arefor use with 15"W pedestals only.
• Side edges are finished tomatch the front and back rims.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
T = ThermofoilL = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:2 = Double rim
4 Rim profile:S = Sloped rim (available onthermofoil surface only)P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 thermofoil(+$60); Group 2 wood (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS30784230WSAELW2 F 5 6 7 8
STD 480 STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
A
B
D
C
E
Laminate with Thermofoil Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D E H Model (T) (L) (LW) (W)
30"/30" Return Combos417⁄8" 777⁄8" 297⁄8" 297⁄8" 151⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30784230WSAE $ 1139 $ 1234 $ 1707 $ 1570
837⁄8" 211⁄8" SS30844230WSAE 1236 1330 1836 1692
477⁄8" 777⁄8" 151⁄8" SS30784830WSAE — 1412 1948 1794
837⁄8" 211⁄8" SS30844830WSAE — 1522 2099 1932
30"/24" Return Combos417⁄8" 717⁄8" 297⁄8" 237⁄8" 151⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30724224WSAE $ 1046 $ 1141 $ 1576 $ 1449
777⁄8" 211⁄8" SS30784224WSAE 1139 1234 1707 1570
837⁄8" 271⁄8" SS30844224WSAE 1236 1330 1836 1692
477⁄8" 717⁄8" 297⁄8" 237⁄8" 151⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30724824WSAE — 1303 1801 1657
777⁄8" 211⁄8" SS30784824WSAE — 1412 1948 1794
837⁄8" 271⁄8" SS30844824WSAE — 1522 2099 1932
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
Rim Profiles:
Sloped (S) Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Dimensions for Space Planning:
Note: Dimensions forthermofoil work surfaces are1⁄2" less than shown.
16" on 42"D worksurface�22" on 48"D worksurface
32" 36"
Kimball Office Systems Page 404
Right-Hand Extended Wedge Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Wire Manager
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Mobile pedestals are
recommended for use withextended wedge worksurfaces.
• Side edges are finished tomatch the top; wire manager ison the back edge.Exception: Side edges onworksurfaces with plastic rimoption (P) are finished to matchthe front plastic rim.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
T = ThermofoilL = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:3 = Wire manager
4 Rim profile:S = Sloped rim (available onthermofoil surface only)P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 thermofoil(+$60); Group 2 wood (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
9 Wire manager finish designator
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS24427224WSWELW3 F 5 6 7 8 9
STD 480 STD MC 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Laminate with Thermofoil Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C H Model (T) (L) (LW) (W)
24" Return Combo 417⁄8" 717⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24427224WSWE $ 1007 $ 1153 $ 1425 $ 1415
777⁄8" SS24427824WSWE 1091 1248 1543 1535
477⁄8" 717⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24487224WSWE 1152 1320 1630 1617
777⁄8" SS24487824WSWE 1248 1430 1765 1752
30" Return Combo 417⁄8" 777⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30427830WSWE $ 1091 $ 1248 $ 1543 $ 1535
477⁄8" SS30487830WSWE 1248 1430 1765 1752
B
C
A
Rim Profiles:
Sloped (S) Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail; doubleline indicates location of wiremanager. Arrow on surfaceindicates grain direction.
Note: The sloped rim on thermofoilextended wedge worksurfaces withwire manager flattens on the top andside to allow attachment of the wiremanager.
Dimensions for Space Planning:
17" on 42"D worksurface�23" on 48"D worksurface
25" 31"
Kimball Office Systems Page 405
Left-Hand Extended Wedge Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Wire Manager
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Mobile pedestals are
recommended for use withextended wedge worksurfaces.
• Side edges are finished tomatch the top; wire manager ison the back edge.Exception: Side edges onworksurfaces with plastic rimoption (P) are finished to matchthe front plastic rim.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
T = ThermofoilL = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:3 = Wire manager
4 Rim profile:S = Sloped rim (available onthermofoil surface only)P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 thermofoil(+$60); Group 2 wood (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
9 Wire manager finish designator
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS24724224WSWELW3 F 5 6 7 8 9
STD 480 STD MC 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Laminate with Thermofoil Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C H Model (T) (L) (LW) (W)
24" Return Combo 417⁄8" 717⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24724224WSWE $ 1007 $ 1153 $ 1425 $ 1415
777⁄8" SS24784224WSWE 1091 1248 1543 1535
477⁄8" 717⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24724824WSWE 1152 1320 1630 1617
777⁄8" SS24784824WSWE 1248 1430 1765 1752
30" Return Combo 417⁄8" 777⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30784230WSWE $ 1091 $ 1248 $ 1543 $ 1535
477⁄8" SS30784830WSWE 1248 1430 1765 1752
B
C
A
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail; doubleline indicates location of wiremanager. Arrow on surfaceindicates grain direction.
Rim Profiles:
Sloped (S) Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Note: The sloped rim on thermofoilextended wedge worksurfaces withwire manager flattens on the top andside to allow attachment of the wiremanager.
Dimensions for Space Planning:
17" on 42"D worksurface�23" on 48"D worksurface
25" 31"
Kimball Office Systems Page 406
Extended Wedge Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Single Rim
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Mobile pedestals are
recommended for use withextended wedge worksurfaces.
• Side and back edges arefinished to match front rim.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:1 = Single rim
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS24427224WSWELW1 F 5 6 7 8
STD 480 STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Laminate with Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C H Model (L) (LW) (W)
Right-Hand 24" Return Combo
417⁄8" 717⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24427224WSWE $ 1099 $ 1556 $ 1431
777⁄8" SS24427824WSWE 1189 1684 1553
477⁄8" 717⁄8" SS24487224WSWE 1254 1775 1637
777⁄8" SS24487824WSWE 1359 1924 1774
30" Return Combo
417⁄8" 777⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30427830WSWE $ 1189 $ 1684 $ 1553
477⁄8" SS30487830WSWE 1359 1924 1774
Left-Hand 24" Return Combo
417⁄8" 717⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS24724224WSWE $ 1099 $ 1556 $ 1431
777⁄8" SS24784224WSWE 1189 1684 1553
477⁄8" 717⁄8" SS24724824WSWE 1254 1775 1637
777⁄8" SS24784824WSWE 1359 1924 1774
30" Return Combo
417⁄8" 777⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS30784230WSWE $ 1189 $ 1684 $ 1553
477⁄8" SS30784830WSWE 1359 1924 1774
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Softened (F)
B
C
A
B
C
A
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
Dimensions for Space Planning:
17" on 42"D worksurface�23" on 48"D worksurface
25" 31"
Kimball Office Systems Page 407
Extended P-Top Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Single Rim
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• IMPORTANT: Notice the hand
orientation of these surfaces.• Side and back edges are
finished to match front rim.• Conference area of extended
P-top worksurface has adiameter of 40".
• P-tops used in freestandingapplications must be attachedto a return or extension foradditional support.
• Extended P-tops should bespecified with a 24"D return orcorner worksurface.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:1 = Single rim
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS244878WSPELW1 F 5 6 7 8
STD 480 STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Laminate with Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C H Model (L) (LW) (W)
Right-Hand477⁄8" 777⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS244878WSPE $ 1863 $ 2433 $ 2261
Left-Hand477⁄8" 777⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS784824WSPE $ 1863 $ 2433 $ 2261
B
C
A
B
C
A
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
Kimball Office Systems Page 408
Extended U-Top Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Wire Manager
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must be
specified separately.• IMPORTANT: Notice the hand
orientation of these surfaces.• Side edges are finished to match
front rim.• Wire manager is on the back
edge.• U-tops used in freestanding
applications must be attached to areturn or extension for additionalsupport.
• Extended U-tops should bespecified with a 24"D return orcorner worksurface.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = Laminate3 Rim option:
3 = Wire manager4 Rim profile:
P = Plastic rim5 Surface finish price group:
STD = Group 16 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish designator8 Wire manager finish designator
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS244860WSUEL3 P 5 6 7 8
STD 480 480 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
LaminateA B C H Model (L)
Right-Hand477⁄8" 597⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS244860WSUE $ 882
657⁄8" SS244866WSUE 919
717⁄8" SS244872WSUE 997
837⁄8" SS244884WSUE 1062
477⁄8" 717⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS304872WSUE 1064
837⁄8" SS304884WSUE 1121
Left-Hand477⁄8" 597⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS604824WSUE $ 882
657⁄8" SS664824WSUE 919
717⁄8" SS724824WSUE 997
837⁄8" SS844824WSUE 1062
477⁄8" 717⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS724830WSUE 1064
837⁄8" SS844830WSUE 1121
B
C
A
B
C
A
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P)
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail; doubleline indicates location of wiremanager. Arrow on surfaceindicates grain direction.
Kimball Office Systems Page 409
Extended U-Top Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Single Rim
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• IMPORTANT: Notice the hand
orientation of these surfaces.• Side and back edges are
finished to match front rim.• U-tops used in freestanding
applications must be attachedto a return or extension foradditional support.
• Extended U-tops should bespecified with a 24"D return orcorner worksurface.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:1 = Single-rim
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
SS244860WSUEL1 P 5 6 8
STD 480 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Laminate with Laminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C H Model (L) (LW) (W)
Right-Hand477⁄8" 597⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS244860WSUE $ 823 — —
657⁄8" SS244866WSUE 859 — —
717⁄8" SS244872WSUE 931 $ 1713 $ 1564
837⁄8" SS244884WSUE 993 — —
477⁄8" 717⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS304872WSUE 995 — —
837⁄8" SS304884WSUE 1047 — —
Left-Hand477⁄8" 597⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS604824WSUE $ 823 — —
657⁄8" SS664824WSUE 859 — —
717⁄8" SS724824WSUE 931 $ 1713 $ 1564
837⁄8" SS844824WSUE 993 — —
477⁄8" 717⁄8" 297⁄8" 13⁄16" SS724830WSUE 995 — —
837⁄8" SS844830WSUE 1047 — —
B
C
A
B
C
A
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
Kimball Office Systems Page 410
P-Top Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Single Rim
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• IMPORTANT: Notice the hand
orientation of P-top surfaces.• Rim detail appears on the front
and user edges.• Side edges are finished to
match front rim.• Conference area of 30"D P-top
worksurface is 42" in diameter;it is 48" in diameter on a 36"DP-top.
• P-tops used in freestandingapplications must be attachedto a return or extension foradditional support.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
T = ThermofoilL = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:1 = Single rim
4 Rim profile:S = Sloped rim (available onthermofoil surface only)P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 thermofoil(+$60); Group 2 wood (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4 5
SS3072WSPLW1 F STD 6 7 8
480 STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Laminate with Thermofoil Laminate Wood Rim Wood
D W H Model (T) (L) (LW) (W)
Right-Hand297⁄8" 717⁄8" 13⁄16" SS3072WSP $ 919 $ 1003 $ 1330 $ 1211
357⁄8" 837⁄8" SS3684WSP 1156 1260 1658 1505
Left-Hand297⁄8" 717⁄8" 13⁄16" SS7230WSP $ 919 $ 1003 $ 1330 $ 1211
357⁄8" 837⁄8" SS8436WSP 1156 1260 1658 1505
W
D
W
D
Rim Profiles:
Sloped (S) Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
Kimball Office Systems Page 411
U-Top Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Wire Manager
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must be
specified separately.• Wire manager is on the back
edge.• U-tops used in freestanding
applications must be attached to areturn or extension for additionalsupport.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = Laminate3 Rim option:
3 = Wire manager4 Rim profile:
P = Plastic rim5 Surface finish price group:
STD = Group 16 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish designator8 Wire manager finish designator
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4 5
SS3060WSUL3 P STD 6 7 8
480 480 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Laminate D W H Model (L)
Radius297⁄8" 597⁄8" 13⁄16" SS3060WSU $ 730
657⁄8" SS3066WSU 764
717⁄8" SS3072WSU 795
357⁄8" 597⁄8" 13⁄16" SS3660WSU 776
657⁄8" SS3666WSU 808
717⁄8" SS3672WSU 840
Crowned297⁄8" 597⁄8" 13⁄16" SS3060WSUC $ 730
657⁄8" SS3066WSUC 764
717⁄8" SS3072WSUC 795
357⁄8" 597⁄8" 13⁄16" SS3660WSUC 776
657⁄8" SS3666WSUC 808
717⁄8" SS3672WSUC 840
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P)
W
D
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail; doubleline indicates location of wiremanager. Arrow on surfaceindicates grain direction.
W
D
= Kwik Office model available.See the Kwik Office Price List.
Kimball Office Systems Page 412
U-Top Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Single Rim
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Back edge is finished to match
front rim.• U-tops used in freestanding
applications must be attachedto a return or extension foradditional support.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
T = ThermofoilL = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:1 = Single rim
4 Rim profile:S = Sloped rim (available onthermofoil surface only)P = Plastic rim (available on laminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 thermofoil(+$60); Group 2 wood (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4 5
SS3060WSULW1 F STD6 7 8
480 STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Laminate with Thermofoil Laminate Wood Rim Wood
D W H Model (T) (L) (LW) (W)
Radius297⁄8" 597⁄8" 13⁄16" SS3060WSU $ 582 $ 636 $ 953 $ 842
657⁄8" SS3066WSU 629 687 998 931
717⁄8" SS3072WSU 676 736 1043 945
357⁄8" 597⁄8" 13⁄16" SS3660WSU — 724 — —
657⁄8" SS3666WSU — 755 — —
717⁄8" SS3672WSU 755 785 1139 1023
Crowned297⁄8" 597⁄8" 13⁄16" SS3060WSUC — $ 636 — —
657⁄8" SS3066WSUC — 687 — —
717⁄8" SS3072WSUC — 736 — —
357⁄8" 597⁄8" 13⁄16" SS3660WSUC — 724 — —
657⁄8" SS3666WSUC — 755 — —
717⁄8" SS3672WSUC — 785 — —
W
D
Rim Profiles:
Sloped (S) Plastic (P) Softened (F)
W
D
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail; doubleline indicates location of wiremanager. Arrow on surfaceindicates grain direction.
= Kwik Office model available.See the Kwik Office Price List.
Grain Direction:
Wood Laminate orThermofoil
Wood Laminate orThermofoil
D-Shape Wedge Spanner
Kimball Office Systems Page 413
D-Shape and Wedge Spanner Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Single Rim
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Worksurfaces
are notched appropriately anddimen sionally adjusted for thepanel type specified.
• IMPORTANT: Brackets mustbe specified separately.
• Rim detail appears on the frontrim only; back edges arefinished to match front rim.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
T = ThermofoilL = LaminateW = WoodLW = Laminate with wood rim
3 Rim option:1 = Single rim
4 Panel type:X = XsiteC = CetraI = Interworks EQ
5 Rim profile:S = Sloped rim (available onthermofoil surface only)P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
6 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 thermofoil(+$60); Group 2 wood (+20%)
7 Surface finish designator8 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
9 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 234 5 6
SS2424WSDLW1X F STD7 8 9
480 STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Laminate with Thermofoil Laminate Wood Rim Wood
D W H Model (T) (L) (LW) (W)
D-Shape WorksurfacesFor Use with Two 24"D Worksurfaces
30" 503⁄8" 13⁄16" SS2424WSD $ 914 $ 996 $ 1695 $ 1141
For Use with Two 30"D Worksurfaces
36" 623⁄8" SS3030WSD $ 1078 $ 1177 $ 2001 $ 1376
Wedge SpannerFor Use with Two 24"D Worksurfaces
43" 4927⁄32" 13⁄16" SS2424WSWS $ 1008 $ 1100 $ 1780 $ 1254
For Use with Two 30"D Worksurfaces
48" 6127⁄32" SS3030WSWS — $ 1297 $ 2101 $ 1512
W
D
W
D
Rim Profiles:
Sloped (S) Plastic (P) Softened (F)
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail.
Dimensions for Space Planning:
Note: Cetra panel type dimensions shown.
283⁄8"
6"
6127⁄32 "
29"
61⁄4"
743⁄8"
50"W model 62"W model
Kimball Office Systems Page 414
Quarter Round Worksurfaces—13⁄16"Single Rim
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Rim detail appears on the front
rim only; back edges arefinished to match front rim.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
T = ThermofoilL = LaminateW = WoodLW = Laminate with wood rim
3 Rim option: 1 = Single rim4 Panel type (omit for un-notched
quarter round):X = Xsite C = CetraI = Interworks EQ
5 Rim profile:S = Sloped rim (available onthermofoil surface only)P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rim
6 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 thermofoil(+$60); Group 2 wood (+20%)
7 Surface finish designator8 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
9 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 234 5 6
SS2424WSQRNLW1X F STD7 8 9
480 STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Laminate with Thermofoil Laminate Wood Rim Wood
D W H Model (T) (L) (LW) (W)
Notched Quarter Round237⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS2424WSQRN $ 355 $ 386 $ 672 $ 607
297⁄8" 297⁄8" SS3030WSQRN 388 426 753 647
Un-Notched Quarter Round 237⁄8" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS2424WSQR $ 355 $ 386 $ 672 $ 607
297⁄8" 297⁄8" SS3030WSQR 388 426 753 647
Rim Profiles:
Sloped (S) Plastic (P) Softened (F)
W
D
W
D
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
Dimensions for Space Planning:
Note: Cetra panel type dimensions shown.
23" on 24"D worksurface�29" on 30"D worksurface
Cable Management Accessories
How to Specify:1 Model2 Finish designator
Sample (base model underlined):1 2
iAWMF 462
D W H Model Description Price
Wire Manager Filler Cap3⁄4" 15⁄16" 15⁄16" IAWMF Caps rear wire manager when exposed at $ 20
end-of-run.
Kimball Office Systems Page 415
Footprint
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
See page
Finishes & Materials page 527
GSA SIN 711-1
Kimball Office Systems Page 416
18"D and 24"D Straight Worksurfaces—19⁄16"Wire Manager
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Side edges are finished to
match the top.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:3 = Wire manager (plastic andwood rims)31 = Wire manager (K rim only)
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)K = Waterfall rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rimW = Reed rimX = Scalloped rimE = Transitional rim
5 Surface finish price group: STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
9 Wire manager finish designator
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4 5
ST2430WSSLW3 F STD 6 7 8 9
480 STD MC 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Laminate withLaminate Wood Rim Wood
D W H Model (L) (LW) (W)
177⁄8" 237⁄8" 19⁄16" ST1824WSS $ 214 $ 339 $ 354
297⁄8" ST1830WSS 234 368 383
357⁄8" ST1836WSS 261 400 421
417⁄8" ST1842WSS 287 432 453
477⁄8" ST1848WSS 314 467 488
597⁄8" ST1860WSS 357 526 553
657⁄8" ST1866WSS 383 557 587
717⁄8" ST1872WSS 408 590 622
237⁄8" 237⁄8" 19⁄16" ST2424WSS 232 349 371
297⁄8" ST2430WSS 253 378 402
357⁄8" ST2436WSS 280 421 450
417⁄8" ST2442WSS 314 463 491
477⁄8" ST2448WSS 341 471 539
537⁄8" ST2454WSS 378 506 571
597⁄8" ST2460WSS 395 583 620
657⁄8" ST2466WSS 426 627 660
717⁄8" ST2472WSS 457 668 708
777⁄8" ST2478WSS 494 714 757
837⁄8" ST2484WSS 536 762 805
897⁄8" ST2490WSS 570 809 857
957⁄8" ST2496WSS 610 857 901
1017⁄8" ST24102WSS 674 899 952
1077⁄8" ST24108WSS 716 945 1002
1137⁄8" ST24114WSS 759 1010 1129
1197⁄8" ST24120WSS 799 1040 1211
D
W
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Waterfall (K) Softened (F) Reed (W) Scalloped (X) Transitional (E)
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail; double line indicates location of wiremanager. Arrow on surfaceindicates grain direction.
Kimball Office Systems Page 417
24"D Straight Worksurfaces—19⁄16"Single Rim
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Side and back edges are
finished to match front rim.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:1 = Single rim (plastic & wood rims)11 = Single rim (K rim only)
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)K = Waterfall rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rimW = Reed rimX = Scalloped rimE = Transitional rim
5 Surface finish price group: STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4 5
ST2430WSSLW1 F STD 6 7 8
480 STD MC
1 23 4 5
ST2430WSSL11 K STD 6
480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Laminate withLaminate Wood Rim Wood
D W H Model (L) (LW) (W)237⁄8" 237⁄8" 19⁄16" ST2424WSS $ 223 $ 492 $ 442
297⁄8" ST2430WSS 241 532 478
357⁄8" ST2436WSS 272 561 504
417⁄8" ST2442WSS 314 599 539
477⁄8" ST2448WSS 352 647 586
537⁄8" ST2454WSS 388 707 636
597⁄8" ST2460WSS 427 740 669
657⁄8" ST2466WSS 498 809 728
717⁄8" ST2472WSS 514 840 756
777⁄8" ST2478WSS 560 883 794
837⁄8" ST2484WSS 605 953 859
897⁄8" ST2490WSS 648 995 898
957⁄8" ST2496WSS 693 1066 959
1017⁄8" ST24102WSS 788 1179 1065
1077⁄8" ST24108WSS 820 1208 1089
1137⁄8" ST24114WSS 859 1252 1142
1197⁄8" ST24120WSS 899 1290 1226
D
W
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Waterfall (K) Softened (F) Reed (W) Scalloped (X) Transitional (E)
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
Kimball Office Systems Page 418
30"D Straight Worksurfaces—19⁄16"Wire Manager
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Side edges are finished to
match the top; wire manager ison the back edge.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:3 = Wire manager (plastic andwood rims)31 = Wire manager (K rim only)
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)K = Waterfall rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rimW = Reed rimX = Scalloped rimE = Transitional rim
5 Surface finish price group: STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
9 Wire manager finish designator
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4 5
ST3030WSSLW3 F STD 6 7 8 9
480 STD MC 4801 23 4 5
ST3030WSSL31 K STD 6 9
480 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Laminate withLaminate Wood Rim Wood
D W H Model (L) (LW) (W)
297⁄8" 237⁄8" 19⁄16" ST3024WSS $ 262 $ 404 $ 441
297⁄8" ST3030WSS 280 435 479
357⁄8" ST3036WSS 319 488 534
417⁄8" ST3042WSS 359 541 589
477⁄8" ST3048WSS 435 593 641
537⁄8" ST3054WSS 450 669 694
597⁄8" ST3060WSS 465 692 740
657⁄8" ST3066WSS 506 742 792
717⁄8" ST3072WSS 543 792 847
777⁄8" ST3078WSS 594 848 907
837⁄8" ST3084WSS 638 907 964
897⁄8" ST3090WSS 684 962 1026
957⁄8" ST3096WSS 730 1016 1082
1017⁄8" ST30102WSS 808 1076 1138
1077⁄8" ST30108WSS 860 1132 1208
1137⁄8" ST30114WSS 926 1199 1286
1197⁄8" ST30120WSS 953 1244 1315
D
W
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Waterfall (K) Softened (F) Reed (W) Scalloped (X) Transitional (E)
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail; double line indicates location of wiremanager. Arrow on surfaceindicates grain direction.
Kimball Office Systems Page 419
30"D Straight Worksurfaces—19⁄16"Single Rim
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Side and back edges are
finished to match front rim.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:1 = Single rim (plastic and woodrims)11 = Single rim (K rim only)
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)K = Waterfall rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rimW = Reed rimX = Scalloped rimE = Transitional rim
5 Surface finish price group: STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4 5
ST3030WSSLW1 F STD 6 7 8
480 STD MC 1 23 4 5
ST3030WSSL11 K STD 6
480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
D
W
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Waterfall (K) Softened (F) Reed (W) Scalloped (X) Transitional (E)
Laminate withLaminate Wood Rim Wood
D W H Model (L) (LW) (W)
297⁄8" 237⁄8" 19⁄16" ST3024WSS $ 254 $ 532 $ 482
297⁄8" ST3030WSS 274 573 520
357⁄8" ST3036WSS 319 616 553
417⁄8" ST3042WSS 370 660 596
477⁄8" ST3048WSS 423 714 651
537⁄8" ST3054WSS 464 786 708
597⁄8" ST3060WSS 508 824 755
657⁄8" ST3066WSS 592 911 820
717⁄8" ST3072WSS 612 940 862
777⁄8" ST3078WSS 665 992 917
837⁄8" ST3084WSS 714 1072 981
897⁄8" ST3090WSS 763 1119 1039
957⁄8" ST3096WSS 815 1194 1094
1017⁄8" ST30102WSS 900 1302 1173
1077⁄8" ST30108WSS 958 1362 1227
1137⁄8" ST30114WSS 1008 1412 1318
1197⁄8" ST30120WSS 1055 1453 1380
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
Kimball Office Systems Page 420
30"D and 36"D Straight Worksurfaces—19⁄16"Double Rim
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Side edges are finished to
match the front and back rims.• Double rim worksurfaces are
designed for freestandingapplications.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:2 = Double rim (plastic and woodrims)21 = Double rim (K rim only)
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)K = Waterfall rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rimW = Reed rimX = Scalloped rimE = Transitional rim
5 Surface finish price group: STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4 5
ST3060WSSLW2 F STD 6 7 8
480 STD MC 1 23 4 5
ST3060WSSL21 K STD 6
480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Waterfall (K) Softened (F) Reed (W) Scalloped (X) Transitional (E)
D
W
Laminate withLaminate Wood Rim Wood
D W H Model (L) (LW) (W)
297⁄8" 597⁄8" 19⁄16" ST3060WSS $ 560 $ 895 $ 811
657⁄8" ST3066WSS 642 969 878
717⁄8" ST3072WSS 660 1010 954
777⁄8" ST3078WSS 714 1057 970
837⁄8" ST3084WSS 772 1148 1034
897⁄8" ST3090WSS 815 1197 1136
957⁄8" ST3096WSS 868 1283 1159
1017⁄8" ST30102WSS 954 1414 1232
1077⁄8" ST30108WSS 1017 1475 1347
1137⁄8" ST30114WSS 1065 1527 1440
1197⁄8" ST30120WSS 1110 1570 1492
357⁄8" 597⁄8" 19⁄16" ST3660WSS 621 978 884
657⁄8" ST3666WSS 714 1062 962
717⁄8" ST3672WSS 739 1107 997
777⁄8" ST3678WSS 796 1159 1111
837⁄8" ST3684WSS 858 1278 1204
897⁄8" ST3690WSS 912 1333 1324
957⁄8" ST3696WSS 970 1483 1347
1017⁄8" ST36102WSS 1067 1624 1432
1077⁄8" ST36108WSS 1138 1694 1532
1137⁄8" ST36114WSS 1197 1753 1679
1197⁄8" ST36120WSS 1249 1809 1735
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
Kimball Office Systems Page 421
Arc Worksurfaces—19⁄16"Double Rim
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Arc worksurfaces are 30"D on
the ends and 36"D in the center.• Rim detail appears on the front
and back rims.• Side edges are finished to
match the front and back rims.• Double rim worksurfaces are
designed for freestandingapplications.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:2 = Double rim
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rimW = Reed rimX = Scalloped rimE = Transitional rim
5 Surface finish price group: STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim and P rim)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4 5
ST3672WSALW2 F STD 6 7 8
480 STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Softened (F) Reed (W) Scalloped (X) Transitional (E)
D
W
Laminate withLaminate Wood Rim Wood
D W H Model (L) (LW) (W)
297⁄8" 717⁄8" 19⁄16" ST3672WSA $ 920 $ 1312 $ 1187
777⁄8" ST3678WSA 982 1367 1312
837⁄8" ST3684WSA 1039 1484 1402
897⁄8" ST3690WSA 1094 1628 1524
957⁄8" ST3696WSA 1154 1693 1544
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
Kimball Office Systems Page 422
Extended P-Top Worksurfaces—19⁄16"Single Rim
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• IMPORTANT: Notice the hand
orientation of these surfaces.• Side and back edges are
finished to match front rim.• Conference area of extended
P-top is 40" in diameter.• P-tops used in freestanding
applications must be attachedto a return or extension foradditional support.
• Extended P-tops should bespecified with a 24"D return orcorner worksurface.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:1 = Single Rim
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rimW = Reed rimX = Scalloped rimE = Transitional rim
5 Surface finish price group: STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
ST244878WSPELW1 F 5 6 7 8
STD 480 STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Softened (F) Reed (W) Scalloped (X) Transitional (E)
Laminate withLaminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C H Model (L) (LW) (W)
Right-Hand477⁄8" 777⁄8" 237⁄8" 19⁄16" ST244878WSPE $ 2058 $ 2689 $ 2499
Left-Hand477⁄8" 777⁄8" 237⁄8" 19⁄16" ST784824WSPE $ 2058 $ 2689 $ 2499
B
C
A
B
C
A
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrows onsurfaces indicate grain direction.
Kimball Office Systems Page 423
Extended U-Top Worksurfaces—19⁄16"Single Rim
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• IMPORTANT: Notice the hand
orientation of these surfaces.• Side and back edges are
finished to match front rim.• Conference area of extended
U-top worksurface is 30" indiameter.
• U-tops used in freestandingapplications must be attachedto a return or extension foradditional support.
• Extended U-tops should bespecified with a 24"D return orcorner worksurface.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:1 = Single Rim
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rimW = Reed rimX = Scalloped rimE = Transitional rim
5 Surface finish price group: STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
ST244872WSUELW1 F 5 6 7 8
STD 480 STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Softened (F) Reed (W) Scalloped (X) Transitional (E)
Laminate withLaminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C H Model (L) (LW) (W)
Right-Hand477⁄8" 717⁄8" 237⁄8" 19⁄16" ST244872WSUE $ 1364 $ 1888 $ 1724
Left-Hand477⁄8" 717⁄8" 237⁄8" 19⁄16" ST724824WSUE $ 1364 $ 1888 $ 1724
B
C
A
B
C
A
Note: Bold line indicates locationof rim detail. Arrows on surfacesindicate grain direction.
Kimball Office Systems Page 424
P-Top Worksurfaces—19⁄16"Single Rim
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• IMPORTANT: Notice the hand
orientation of these surfaces.• Side edges are finished to
match front rim.• Conference area of 30"D P-top
worksurface is 42" in diameter;it is 48" in diameter on a 36"DP-top.
• P-tops used in freestandingapplications must be attachedto a return or extension foradditional support.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:1 = Single rim (plastic & wood rims)11 = Single rim (J rim only)
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)J = Self edge (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rimW = Reed rimX = Scalloped rimE = Transitional rim
5 Surface finish price group: STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood or P rim only)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4 5
ST3072WSPLW1 F STD 6 7 8
480 STD MC
1 23 4 5
ST3072WSPL11 J STD 6
480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Self Edge (J) Softened (F) Reed (W) Scalloped (X) Transitional (E)
Laminate withLaminate Wood Rim Wood
D W H Model (L) (LW) (W)
Right-Hand297⁄8" 717⁄8" 19⁄16" ST3072WSP $ 1103 $ 1478 $ 1344
357⁄8" 837⁄8" ST3684WSP 1388 1842 1671
Left-Hand297⁄8" 717⁄8" 19⁄16" ST7230WSP $ 1103 $ 1478 $ 1344
357⁄8" 837⁄8" ST8436WSP 1388 1842 1671
W
D
W
D
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrows onsurfaces indicate grain direction.
Kimball Office Systems Page 425
U-Top Worksurfaces—19⁄16"Single Rim
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• All edges are finished to match
front rim.• U-tops used in freestanding
applications must be attachedto a return or extension foradditional support.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:1 = Single rim (plastic & wood rims)11 = Single rim (J rim only)
4 Panel price group (include for D-shape only):C = Cetra
5 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)J = Self edge (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rimW = Reed rimX = Scalloped rimE = Transitional rim
6 Surface finish price group: STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
7 Surface finish designator8 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
9 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined):1 23 5 6 7
ST3060WSUL11 J STD 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Self Edge (J) Softened (F) Reed (W) Scalloped (X) Transitional (E)
Laminate withLaminate Wood Rim Wood
D W H Model (L) (LW) (W)
U-Top297⁄8" 597⁄8" 19⁄16" ST3060WSU $ 672 $ 1026 $ 904
657⁄8" ST3066WSU 728 1074 1000
717⁄8" ST3072WSU 786 1125 1017
357⁄8" 717⁄8" ST3672WSU 884 1232 1102
W
D
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
Kimball Office Systems Page 426
Straight Corner Worksurfaces—19⁄16"Wire Manager
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Side edges are finished to
match the top; wire manager ison the back edges.
• Return combo dimensions aredetermined from left to rightwhen seated at the worksurface.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:3 = Wire manager (plastic & wood rims)31 = Wire manager (K rim only)
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available on laminatesurface only)K = Waterfall rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rimW = Reed rim X = Scalloped rimE = Transitional rim
5 Surface finish price group: STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rim only)
9 Wire manager finish designator
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
ST24363624WSCSLW3 F 5 6 7 8 9
STD 480 STD MC 480
1 23 4
ST24363624WSCSL31 K 5 6 9
STD 480 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
B
D
C
A
E
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Waterfall (K) Softened (F) Reed (W) Scalloped (X) Transitional (E)
Laminate withLaminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D E H Model (L) (LW) (W)
24"/24" Return Combo 357⁄8" 357⁄8" 237⁄8" 237⁄8" 1631⁄32" 19⁄16" ST24363624WSCS $ 577 $ 647 $ 673
417⁄8" 417⁄8" 2515⁄32" ST24424224WSCS 640 704 727
477⁄8" 477⁄8" 3315⁄16" ST24484824WSCS 665 805 969
30"/30" Return Combo 417⁄8" 417⁄8" 297⁄8" 297⁄8" 1631⁄32" 19⁄16" ST30424230WSCS $ 655 $ 719 $ 746
477⁄8" 477⁄8" 2515⁄32" ST30484830WSCS 735 868 1006 Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail; double line indicates location of wiremanager. Arrow on surfaceindicates grain direction.
Kimball Office Systems Page 427
Straight Corner Worksurfaces—19⁄16"Single Rim
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.• Side and back edges are
finished to match front rim.• Return combo dimensions are
determined from left to rightwhen seated at the worksurface.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:1 = Single rim (plastic & wood rims)11 = Single rim (K rim only)
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)K = Waterfall rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rimW = Reed rimX = Scalloped rimE = Transitional rim
5 Surface finish price group: STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
ST24363624WSCSLW1 F 5 6 7 8
STD 480 STD MC 1 23 4
ST24363624WSCSL11 K 5 6
STD 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Waterfall (K) Softened (F) Reed (W) Scalloped (X) Transitional (E)
B
D
C
A
E
Laminate withLaminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D E H Model (L) (LW) (W)
24"/24" Return Combo 357⁄8" 357⁄8" 237⁄8" 237⁄8" 1631⁄32" 19⁄16" ST24363624WSCS $ 561 $ 832 $ 707
417⁄8" 417⁄8" 2515⁄32" ST24424224WSCS 617 886 760
477⁄8" 477⁄8" 3315⁄16" ST24484824WSCS 705 983 992
30"/30" Return Combo 417⁄8" 417⁄8" 297⁄8" 297⁄8" 1631⁄32" 19⁄16" ST30424230WSCS $ 631 $ 900 $ 779
477⁄8" 477⁄8" 2515⁄32" ST30484830WSCS 713 1044 1022 Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail. Arrow onsurface indicates grain direction.
Kimball Office Systems Page 428
Straight Split Corner Worksurfaces—19⁄16"Wire Manager
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.Exception: Z brackets areincluded with split cornerworksurfaces.
• Side edges are finished tomatch the top; wire manager ison the back edges.
• Return combo dimensions aredetermined from left to rightwhen seated at the worksurface.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:3 = Wire manager (Plastic & wood rims)31 = Wire manager (K rim only)
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available on laminatesurface only)K = Waterfall rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rimW = Reed rim X = Scalloped rimE = Transitional rim
5 Surface finish price group: STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rim only)
9 Wire manager finish designator
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
ST24424224WSCSSLW3 F 5 6 7 8 9
STD 480 STD MC 480
1 23 4
ST24424224WSCSSL31 K 5 6 9
STD 480 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
B
D
C
A
E
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Waterfall (K) Softened (F) Reed (W) Scalloped (X) Transitional (E)
Laminate withLaminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D E H Model (L) (LW) (W)
24"/24" Return Combo 417⁄8" 417⁄8" 237⁄8" 237⁄8" 2515⁄32" 19⁄16" ST24424224WSCSS $ 876 $ 937 $ 956
477⁄8" 477⁄8" 3315⁄16" ST24484824WSCSS 918 1040 1208
30"/30" Return Combo 477⁄8" 477⁄8" 297⁄8" 297⁄8" 2515⁄32" 19⁄16" ST30484830WSCSS $ 977 $ 1073 $ 1239
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail; double line indicates location of wiremanager. Arrow on surfaceindicates grain direction.
Kimball Office Systems Page 429
Curved Corner Worksurfaces—19⁄16"Wire Manager
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets mustbe specified separately.
• Side edges are finished tomatch the top; wire manager ison back edges.
• Return combo dimensions aredetermined from left to rightwhen seated at the worksurface.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:3 = Wire manager
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rimW = Reed rimX = Scalloped rimE = Transitional rim
5 Surface finish price group: STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
9 Wire manager finish designator
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
ST24484824WSCCLW3 F 5 6 7 8 9
STD 480 STD MC 480
Footprint➤See page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
B
D
C
A
B
D
C
A
B
D
C
A
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Softened (F) Reed (W) Scalloped (X) Transitional (E)
Laminate withLaminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D H Model (L) (LW) (W)
24"/24" Return Combo 477⁄8" 477⁄8" 237⁄8" 237⁄8" 19⁄16" ST24484824WSCC $ 792 $ 908 $ 1037
477⁄8" 597⁄8" ST24486024WSCC 1058 1331 1324
597⁄8" 477⁄8" ST24604824WSCC 1058 1331 1324
30"/30" Return Combo 477⁄8" 477⁄8" 297⁄8" 297⁄8" 19⁄16" ST30484830WSCC $ 792 $ 908 $ 1037
477⁄8" 597⁄8" ST30486030WSCC 1058 1331 1324
597⁄8" 477⁄8" ST30604830WSCC 1058 1331 1324
24"/30" Return Combo 477⁄8" 477⁄8" 237⁄8" 297⁄8" 19⁄16" ST24484830WSCC $ 792 $ 908 $ 1037
477⁄8" 597⁄8" ST24486030WSCC 1058 1331 1324
597⁄8" 477⁄8" ST24604830WSCC 1058 1331 1324
30"/24" Return Combo 477⁄8" 477⁄8" 297⁄8" 237⁄8" 19⁄16" ST30484824WSCC $ 792 $ 908 $ 1037
477⁄8" 597⁄8" ST30486024WSCC 1058 1331 1324
597⁄8" 477⁄8" ST30604824WSCC 1058 1331 1324
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail; double line indicates location of wiremanager. Grain runs diagonallyon 48" x 48" tops and parallelto 60" side on 48" x 60" and60" x 48" tops.
Kimball Office Systems Page 430
Curved Corner Worksurfaces—19⁄16"Single Rim
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets mustbe specified separately.
• Side and back edges arefinished to match front rim.
• Return combo dimensions aredetermined from left to rightwhen seated at the worksurface.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim option:1 = Single Rim
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rimW = Reed rimX = Scalloped rimE = Transitional rim
5 Surface finish price group: STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (include for
laminate with wood rim only):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (include forlaminate with wood rim or P rimonly)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 23 4
ST24484824WSCCLW1 F 5 6 7 8
STD 480 STD MC
Footprint➤See page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 336
Brackets & Support page 436
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Softened (F) Reed (W) Scalloped (X) Transitional (E)
B
D
C
A
B
D
C
A
B
D
C
A
Laminate withLaminate Wood Rim Wood
A B C D H Model (L) (LW) (W)
24"/24" Return Combo 477⁄8" 477⁄8" 237⁄8" 237⁄8" 19⁄16" ST24484824WSCC $ 757 $ 1159 $ 1044
477⁄8" 597⁄8" ST24486024WSCC 1008 1466 1343
597⁄8" 477⁄8" ST24604824WSCC 1008 1466 1343
30"/30" Return Combo 477⁄8" 477⁄8" 297⁄8" 297⁄8" 19⁄16" ST30484830WSCC $ 757 $ 1159 $ 1044
477⁄8" 597⁄8" ST30486030WSCC 1008 1466 1343
597⁄8" 477⁄8" ST30604830WSCC 1008 1466 1343
24"/30" Return Combo 477⁄8" 477⁄8" 237⁄8" 297⁄8" 19⁄16" ST24484830WSCC $ 757 $ 1159 $ 1044
477⁄8" 597⁄8" ST24486030WSCC 1008 1466 1343
597⁄8" 477⁄8" ST24604830WSCC 1008 1466 1343
30"/24" Return Combo 477⁄8" 477⁄8" 297⁄8" 237⁄8" 19⁄16" ST30484824WSCC $ 757 $ 1159 $ 1044
477⁄8" 597⁄8" ST30486024WSCC 1008 1466 1343
597⁄8" 477⁄8" ST30604824WSCC 1008 1466 1343
Note: Bold line indicateslocation of rim detail; double line indicates location of wiremanager. Grain runs diagonallyon 48" x 48" tops and parallelto 60" side on 48" x 60" and60" x 48" tops.
Kimball Office Systems Page 431
Transaction CountersFor Use with Xsite and Interworks EQ Panels
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must be
specified separately. Specifyappropriate transaction counterbrackets to coordinate with panelbeing used.
• Transaction counters are mountedon top of and supported bypanels.
• Rim detail appears on all fouredges.
Related Products:• Brackets and support componentsSee pages 436 and 439.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = Laminate3 Rim profile:
P = Plastic rim4 Surface finish price group:
STD = Group 15 Surface finish designator6 Rim finish designator
Sample (base model underlined): 1 2 3 4 5
SS1524WSTCL P STD 480 6
462
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Statement of Line page 330
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
LaminateD W H Model (L)
Straight15" 237⁄8" 13⁄16" SS1524WSTC $ 184
297⁄8" SS1530WSTC 194
357⁄8" SS1536WSTC 211
417⁄8" SS1542WSTC 226
477⁄8" SS1548WSTC 243
537⁄8" SS1554WSTC 265
597⁄8" SS1560WSTC 292
717⁄8" SS1572WSTC 312
Rim Profile:
Plastic (P)
Note: Bold line indicates locationof rim detail. Arrow on surfaceindicates grain direction.
Kimball Office Systems Page 432
Transaction CountersFor Use with Cetra Panels
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets are
included with transactioncounters for use with Cetrapanels. Soffits must be specifiedseparately.
• Transaction counters aremounted inside Cetra panels.
• Transaction counters can onlybe supported by panels.
• Transaction counters areunfinished on back edge.
• Woodgrain runs parallel tosurface width.
• Rim detail appears on the frontedge only.
• Straight transactionworksurfaces may be used onXsite by specifying “Rim detailon back edge” throughelectronic specification tools.
Related Products:• SoffitsSee page 433.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateL1 = Laminate with waterfall (K) rimLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)K = Waterfall rim (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rimW = Reed rimX = Scalloped rimE = Transitional rim
4 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
5 Surface finish designator6 Rim finish price group (omit for P &
K rims):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
7 Rim finish designator (omit for K rim)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 2 3 4
ST1260WSTCL P STD 5 6 7
480 STD 480 1 2 3 4 5
ST1260WSTCL1 K STD 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Statement of Line page 330
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Laminate with Laminate withLaminate Waterfall Rim Wood Rim Wood
D W H Model (L) (L1) (LW) (W)
Straight12" 60" 1" ST1260WSTC $ 334 $ 334 $ 448 $ 451
72" ST1272WSTC 357 357 503 509
84" ST1284WSTC 389 389 563 568
90" ST1290WSTC 408 408 593 600
96" ST1296WSTC 428 428 622 631
102" ST12102WSTC 464 464 678 718
108" ST12108WSTC 488 488 713 754
120" ST12120WSTC 540 540 766 811
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Waterfall (K) Softened (F) Reed (W) Scalloped (X) Transitional (E)
Note: Bold line indicates locationof rim detail. Arrow on surfaceindicates grain direction.
Kimball Office Systems Page 433
Transaction Counter SoffitsFor Use With Cetra Panels
Specifying Tips:• Specify for use under Cetra
transaction counters• Specify the same nominal size as
the transaction counter.• Soffits include all necessary
mounting hardware.• Soffits are recommended to hide
task lights, but are not required.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateW = Wood
3 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
4 Surface finish designator
Sample (base model underlined): 1 2 3 4
ST60TLSSL STD 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Statement of Line page 330
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
D W H Model Laminate Wood
End11" 1" 23⁄4" ST0111TLS $ 50 $ 62
Straight 1" 60" 23⁄4" ST60TLSS $ 114 $ 152
72" ST72TLSS 133 166
84" ST84TLSS 139 182
90" ST90TLSS 145 189
96" ST96TLSS 160 206
102" ST102TLSS 231 298
108" ST108TLSS 259 332
120" ST120TLSS 272 357
Kimball Office Systems Page 434
Table Tops—13⁄16"
Specifying Tips:• Specify support separately.• One base is required for round and
square tops; two bases arerequired for rectangular andracetrack tops.
Related Products:• Support legs and basesSee pages 446, 448– 449.
• Mobile table legs and basesSee page 455.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Rim profile:
P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate models only)S = Sloped rim (available onthermofoil models only)
3 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 thermofoil (+$60)
4 Surface finish designator5 Rim finish designator (omit for
thermofoil surfaces)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 2 3 4 5
SS30TTRNL P STD 480 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Statement of Line page 331
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Rim Profiles:
Sloped (S) Plastic (P)
D W H Model Price
RoundLaminate
295⁄8" diameter 13⁄16" SS30TTRNL $ 189
355⁄8" diameter SS36TTRNL 280
415⁄8" diameter SS42TTRNL 346
475⁄8" diameter SS48TTRNL 385
Thermofoil
36" diameter 13⁄16" SS36TTRNT $ 764
42" diameter SS42TTRNT 827
47" diameter SS47TTRNT 921
SquareLaminate
295⁄8" 295⁄8" 13⁄16" SS3030TTSQL $ 189
355⁄8" 355⁄8" SS3636TTSQL 280
415⁄8" 415⁄8" SS4242TTSQL 346
RectangularLaminate
295⁄8" 595⁄8" 13⁄16" SS3060TTRTL $ 425
715⁄8" SS3072TTRTL 526
355⁄8" 595⁄8" SS3660TTRTL 450
715⁄8" SS3672TTRTL 576
Race TrackLaminate
35" 59" 13⁄16" SS3660TTRCL $ 479
71" SS3672TTRCL 605
83" SS3684TTRCL 636 Note: Arrow on surface indicatesgrain direction.
= Kwik Office model available.See the Kwik Office Price List.
Kimball Office Systems Page 435
Table Tops—19⁄16"
Specifying Tips:• Specify support separately.• One base is required for round
top; two bases are required forracetrack top.
Related Products:• Support legs and basesSee pages 446, 448– 449.
• Mobile table legs and basesSee page 455.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateLW = Laminate with wood rimW = Wood
3 Rim price group (omit for all but Jrims):1 = Self edge (J)
4 Rim profile:P = Plastic rim (available onlaminate surface only)J = Self edge (available onlaminate surface only)F = Wood, softened rimW = Reed rimX = Scalloped rimE = Transitional rim
5 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Surface finish designator7 Rim finish price group (omit for P & J
rims and wood tops):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (omit for J rim and wood tops)
Sample (base model underlined): 1 2 4 5
ST36TTRNLW F STD 6 7 8
480 STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Statement of Line page 331
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Rim Profiles:
Plastic (P) Self edge (J) Softened (F) Reed (W) Scalloped (X) Transitional (E)
Laminate withLaminate Wood Rm Wood
D W H Model (L) (LW) (W)
Round36" diameter 19⁄16" ST36TTRN $ 834 $ 1281 $ 1159
42" diameter ST42TTRN 902 1364 1233
48" diameter ST48TTRN 1006 1518 1373
Racetrack36" 72" 19⁄16" ST3672TTRC $ 1044 $ 1594 $ 1478
Note: Arrow on surface indicatesgrain direction.
Standard:• Attachment hardware Kimball Office Systems Page 436
Worksurface SupportCompatible with Xsite
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: All supports must
be specified separately fromworksurface.
• Adjustable mid-supports are usedwhen placing two worksurfacesend to end or when kneespaceexceeds 48". Adjustable mid-support cannot provide support atthe end of a worksurface.
• One flat bracket is required toproperly join two flush, adjacent/perpendicular worksurfaces whenan adjustable mid-support or mid-support leg is used; two flatbrackets are required to properlysecure and support whenundersurface support panels orpedestals are used.
• Top cap must be field modifiedwhere transaction counter is used.
• Worksurface brackets are exposedabove the worksurface.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Finish price group:
STD = Group 1STDM = Group M (+10%)
3 Finish designator
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3
36WBSA STD 462
Flat Bracket or TransactionCounter Support
1 Model
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Statement of Line page 332
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
D W H Model Description Price
Adjustable Edge Support273⁄4"–29" 36WBSA See page 336 for appropriate application. $ 16 (5⁄8" increments) Note: Heights are from floor to top of 13⁄16"worksurface.
End-Support Legs24" 21⁄2" 271⁄4" 36W2427ES Used with 24"D worksurfaces. $ 295
30" 21⁄2" 271⁄4" 36W3027ES Used with 30"D worksurfaces. 311
Mid-Support Leg10" 21⁄2" 271⁄4" 36W1027MS Used with 24" and 30”D worksurfaces. $ 261
Stick Support Leg21⁄2" 271⁄4" 36W0227SS Not for use in freestanding applications. $ 203
Adjustable Mid-Supports193⁄4" 315⁄16" 273⁄4"–29" 36W1927BCA Used with 24"D worksurfaces at 2H. $ 124
193⁄4" 315⁄16" 401⁄4"–411⁄2" 36W1940BCA Used with 24"D worksurfaces at 3H. 187
253⁄4" 315⁄16" 273⁄4"–29" 36W2527BCA Used with 30"D worksurfaces at 2H. 145
253⁄4" 315⁄16" 401⁄4"–411⁄2" 36W2540BCA Used with 30"D worksurfaces at 3H. 199 (5⁄8" increments) Note: Heights are from floor to top of 13⁄16"worksurface.
Flat Bracket2" 51⁄2" IBF1 Galvanized finish. $ 10
Transaction Counter Support47⁄16" 5 11⁄16" 36WBTC Specify two brackets for 24"–60"W counters; $ 25
specify four brackets for 66"–72"W counters.
Flat Bracket
Adjustable Mid-Support
End-Support Leg Mid-Support Leg
Stick Support Leg
Kimball Office Systems Page 437
Worksurface SupportCompatible with Cetra Panels
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must be
specified separately.See page 338 for properbracket/support application.
• Brackets are sold individually,unless otherwise specified.
How to Specify:1 Model
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Statement of Line page 332
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Model Description Price
Edge Support BracketRight-Hand
ABWR For use with Cetra panel-mounted worksurface. Cinder finish. $ 9
Left-Hand
ABWL For use with Cetra panel-mounted worksurface. Cinder finish. $ 9
3" Drop Bracket AZB16A For use with 18"D worksurfaces; 3" drop. Cinder finish. $ 35
AZB22A For use with 24"D worksurfaces; 3" drop. Cinder finish. 35
AZB28A For use with 30"D worksurfaces; 3" drop. Cinder finish. 35
Flat BracketIBF1 One bracket. Secures two flush, adjacent/perpendicular $ 10
worksurfaces. Galvanized finish. 2"D x 51⁄2"W.
ABWR
ABWL
Kimball Office Systems Page 438
Worksurface SupportCompatible with Cetra Panels, continued
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets and
support must be specifiedseparately.See page 338 for properbracket/support application.
• Brackets are sold individually,unless otherwise specified.
How to Specify:Support Panels
1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateW = Wood
3 Finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
4 Finish designator
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3
AE1224L 462
Cantilever1 Model
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Statement of Line page 332
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
D W H Model Description Price
Cantilever BracketRight-Hand
161⁄16" 11⁄8" 161⁄4" ABWC14R For use with Cetra panel-mounted worksurfaces. Cinder finish. $ 64
Left-Hand
161⁄16" 11⁄8" 161⁄4" ABWC14L For use with Cetra panel-mounted worksurfaces. Cinder finish. $ 64
Laminate WoodD W H Model (L) (W)
Support Panels12" 11⁄4" 243⁄4" AE1224 $ 242 $ 408
273⁄4" AE1227 242 408
381⁄32" AE1238 368 617
1711⁄16" 243⁄4" AE1824 242 408
273⁄4" AE1827 242 408
381⁄32" AE1838 368 617
2311⁄16" 243⁄4" AE2424 307 432
273⁄4" AE2427 307 432
381⁄32" AE2438 459 652
2911⁄16" 243⁄4" AE3024 320 458
273⁄4" AE3027 320 458
381⁄32" AE3038 482 681
Kimball Office Systems Page 439
Worksurface SupportCompatible with Interworks EQ Panels
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must be
specified separately.See page 342 for properbracket/support application.
• Brackets are sold individually,unless otherwise noted.
• Specify two right-hand and twoleft-hand transaction counterbrackets for each surface.
How to Specify:Transaction Counter Bracket
1 Model2 Finish price group:
STD = Group 1STDM = Group M (+10%)
3 Finish designator
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3
IBTCBR1 STD 462
Edge Support, Drop, and FlatBrackets
1 Model
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Statement of Line page 333
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Model Description Price
Edge Support BracketRight-Hand
IBRWSER For use with Interworks EQ panel-mounted worksurface. Cinder finish. $ 22
Left-Hand
IBRWSEL For use with Interworks EQ panel-mounted worksurface. Cinder finish. $ 22
Transaction Counter BracketRight-Hand
IBTCBR1 For use with Interworks EQ panel-mounted transaction counters. $ 23
Left-Hand
IBTCBL1 For use with Interworks EQ panel-mounted transaction counters. $ 23
Drop BracketIB0224D For use with 24"D worksurfaces. 2" drop. Cinder finish. $ 38
IB0230D For use with 30"D worksurfaces. 2" drop. Cinder finish. $ 47
Flat BracketIBF1 One bracket. Secures two flush, adjacent/perpendicular $ 10
worksurfaces. Galvanized finish. 2"D x 51⁄2"W.
= Kwik Office model available.See the Kwik Office Price List.
Kimball Office Systems Page 440
Worksurface SupportCompatible with Interworks EQ Panels, continued
Standard:Support Panels
• Brackets to attach to panel andworksurface
• Two glides
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets and
support must be specifiedseparately.See page 342 for properbracket/support application.
• Brackets are sold individually,unless otherwise specified.
• Specify gusset bracket for usewith support panels if additionalstability is required.See page 446.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Finish price group (omit for
cantilevers):STD = Group 1STDM = Group M (+10%)
3 Finish designator (omit forcantilevers):
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3
IB1827H STD 462
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Statement of Line page 333
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
D W H Model Description Price
Cantilever BracketRight-Hand
213⁄4" 31⁄4" 20" IB24CR For use with Interworks EQ panel-mounted $ 89 worksurface. Cinder finish.
Left-Hand
213⁄4" 31⁄4" 20" IB24CL For use with Interworks EQ panel-mounted worksurface. Cinder finish. $ 89
Support PanelsHalf End Panel
161⁄2" 11⁄4" 271⁄4" IB1827H $ 183
Full End Panel
235⁄8" 11⁄4" 271⁄4" IB2427F $ 227
295⁄8" IB3027F 276
= Kwik Office model available.See the Kwik Office Price List.
Kimball Office Systems Page 441
Worksurface SupportCompatible with Traxx Applications
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must be
specified separately.See page 344 for properbracket/support application.
How to Specify:1 Model
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Statement of Line page 334
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Model Description Price
Traxx Worksurface BracketIBTWS Single bracket $ 12
= Kwik Office model available.See the Kwik Office Price List.
Kimball Office Systems Page 442
Worksurface SupportCompatible with Traxx and Freestanding Applications
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Supports must be
specified separately.See pages 344– 345 for properbracket/support application.
• Support panels are sized 11⁄8" lessdeep than the worksurface toaccommodate a modesty.
• Freestanding undersurface endpanels finished on front and backedges.
• P-tops and U-tops used infreestanding applications must beattached to a return extension foradditional support.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateW = Wood
3 Finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
4 Finish designator
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3 4
FBT3024L STD 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Statement of Line page 334
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Laminate WoodD W H Model (L) (W)
Freestanding End Supports297⁄8" 111⁄8" 243⁄4" FBT3024 $ 586 $ 669
357⁄8" FBT3624 593 681
477⁄8" FBT4824 658 726
297⁄8" 111⁄8" 273⁄4" FBT3027 589 671
357⁄8" FBT3627 595 692
477⁄8" FBT4827 665 727
Freestanding Corner Supports477⁄8" 477⁄8" 243⁄4" FBL484824 $ 1347 $ 1452
597⁄8" FBL486024 1455 1526
597⁄8" 477⁄8" FBL604824 1455 1526
477⁄8" 477⁄8" 273⁄4" FBL484827 1383 1508
597⁄8" FBL486027 1494 1581
597⁄8" 477⁄8" FBL604827 1494 1581
Freestanding Undersurface Support Panel12" 1" 243⁄4" FEP1224 $ 225 $ 319
223⁄4" FEP2324 341 404
283⁄4" FEP2924 378 457
343⁄4" FEP3524 471 567
12" 1" 273⁄4" FEP1227 226 320
223⁄4" FEP2327 366 406
283⁄4" FEP2927 393 458
343⁄4" FEP3527 488 568
Kimball Office Systems Page 443
Worksurface SupportCompatible with Traxx and Freestanding Applications, continued
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Supports must be
specified separately.See pages 344– 345 for properbracket/support application.
• If a modesty panel is not used,specify the modesty filler stripwhich maintains space for cablingbehind pedestal while filling the11⁄8" difference in depth.
• Grain direction runs horizontal on60”W or wider woodgrain laminatemodesty panels.
• If using wood modesty andsupport panels with flat profilemetal pedestals with wood frontsto create freestanding deskapplications, specify theworksurface to be deeper than thepedestals.See page 466.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
L = LaminateW = Wood
3 Finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
4 Finish designator
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3 4
FMP1824L STD 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Statement of Line page 334
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
D W H Model Laminate (L) Wood (W)
Modesty Panel1" 18 1⁄16" 243⁄16" FMP1824 $ 242 $ 343
2913⁄16" FMP3024 366 384
3513⁄16" FMP3624 371 404
4113⁄16" FMP4224 399 428
4713⁄16" FMP4824 438 447
5313⁄16" FMP5424 505 514
5913⁄16" FMP6024 534 538
18 1⁄16" 273⁄16" FMP1827 244 355
2913⁄16" FMP3027 369 399
3513⁄16" FMP3627 376 412
4113⁄16" FMP4227 402 438
4713⁄16" FMP4827 447 457
5313⁄16" FMP5427 519 520
5913⁄16" FMP6027 538 550
6513⁄16" FMP6627 576 604
7113⁄16" FMP7227 600 619
7713⁄16" FMP7827 813 950
8313⁄16" FMP8427 823 998
8913⁄16" FMP9027 828 1002
9513⁄16" FMP9627 834 1010
10113⁄16" FMP10227 995 1129
10713⁄16" FMP10827 1000 1134
11313⁄16" FMP11427 1010 1138
11913⁄16" FMP12027 1017 1147
Modesty Filler Strip1" 19⁄16" 243⁄16" FMFS0124 $ 26 $ 36
273⁄16" FMFS0127 26 36
Kimball Office Systems Page 444
Worksurface SupportCompatible with Traxx and Freestanding Metal Applications
Related Products:• Gusset bracketSee page 446.
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: All supports must
be specified separately.See pages 344– 345 for properbracket/support application.
• End/support panels are structural,non-handed.
• End panels, 12" return supportpanel, worksurface support panelinclude two glides.
• 8" return support panel and cornerpost include one glide.
• End panels, support panels andcorner post are designed tosecure modesty panel.
• Return or worksurface supportpanel: Gusset bracket may bespecified separately to provideadditional support.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Surface finish price group:
STD = Group 1STDM = Group M (+10%)
3 Finish designator
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3
IF1827H STDM 501
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Statement of Line page 334
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
D W H Model Description Price
Half End Panels161⁄2" 11⁄4" 271⁄4" IF1827H Non-handed. $ 183
Full End Panels225⁄8" 11⁄4" 271⁄4" IF2427F Non-handed. $ 227
285⁄8" IF3027F Non-handed. 276
345⁄8" IF3627F Non-handed. 327
Return Support Panels73⁄8" 11⁄4" 271⁄4" IF0827RS Non-handed. Use to create 24"D return. $ 80
12" IF1227RS Non-handed. Use to create 30"D return. $ 110
Support Panel12" 11⁄4" 271⁄4" IF1227WSP Includes filler panel. $ 139
Corner Post62⁄3" 62⁄3" 271⁄4" IF0727CP Creates freestanding corner. $ 250
= Kwik Office model available.See the Kwik Office Price List.
Kimball Office Systems Page 445
Worksurface SupportCompatible Flat Profile Storage
Related Products:
Model Price
Pedestal Non-Deface Kit
IFMNDF $ 51
Note: Includes an upper and alower bracket. Use to mountmodesty panel to pedestalwithout drilling holes in the sides.Environmental Grey finish.
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: All supports must
be specified separately.See page 346 for properbracket/support application.
• Modesty panels are pre-drilled andattach 4" inset from rear ofpedestal or end panel only. Gapbetween top of modesty panel andunderside of worksurface is 11⁄2";gap from bottom of modesty panelto floor is 3".
• To determine modesty panel widthrequired, subtract total nominalwidth of support (pedestals or endpanels) from nominal width ofworksurface. Example:72"W worksurface
- 30"W support (Two 15"W peds)= 42"W modesty panel requiredSee page 347 for planning
guideline chart.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Surface finish price group:
STD = Group 1STDM = Group M (+10%)
3 Finish designator
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3
IF2023M STDM 501
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Statement of Line page 334
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
D W H Model Price
Metal Modesty Panels11⁄2" 191⁄2" 23" IF2023M $ 120
237⁄8" IF2423M Use with 36"W corner. 120
251⁄2" IF2623M 129
297⁄8" IF3023M Use with 42"W corner. 134
311⁄2" IF3223M 141
331⁄4" IF3423M 141
357⁄8" IF3623M Use with 48"W corner. 141
371⁄2" IF3823M 150
397⁄8" IF4023M 150
417⁄8" IF4223M 157
431⁄2" IF4423M 157
451⁄4" IF4623M 157
477⁄8" IF4823M Use with 60"W corner. 163
491⁄2" IF5023M 163
511⁄4" IF5223M 163
537⁄8" IF5423M 163
551⁄2" IF5623M 168
571⁄4" IF5823M 168
597⁄8" IF6023M 168
631⁄4" IF6423M 177
657⁄8" IF6623M 177
671⁄2" IF6823M 177
691⁄4" IF7023M 187
731⁄2" IF7423M 187
791⁄2" IF8023M 193
811⁄4" IF8223M 193
871⁄4" IF8823M 199
931⁄4" IF9423M 205
= Kwik Office model available.See the Kwik Office Price List.
Kimball Office Systems Page 446
Worksurface SupportUniversal
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: All brackets and
supports must be specifiedseparately.See page 348 for properbracket/support application.
How to Specify:Support Panel Brackets
1 Model
Gusset Bracket or 4" Column Legs
1 Model2 Finish price group:
STD = Group 1STDM = Group M (+10%)
3 Finish designator
11⁄2" Column Legs1 Model2 Static or mobile:
S = Static M = Mobile 3 Finish price group:
STD = Group 14 Finish designator
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3 4
AC2802SFB S STD 501
Tapered Legs1 Model2 Finish designator
462 = Cinder501 = Platinum metallic514 = Carbon metallic
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Statement of Line page 335
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
D W H Model Description Price
Support Panel BracketABEPS For use as additional support for wood or laminate $ 10
end panels that are not next to a storage component or modesty panel. Black metal.
Gusset Bracket97⁄8" 97⁄8" FBG One. Non-handed. For use as additional support for $ 25
metal support panel that is not next to a storage component or modesty panel.
Diameter H Model Description Price
4" Column LegsFixed Height
4" 273⁄4" AC2804SFB For use as additional support option. $ 245
Adjustable Height
4" 261⁄2"-301⁄2" IB0427AC For use as additional support option. $ 256
11⁄2" Column Legs (static or mobile) 11⁄2" 273⁄4" AC2802SFB $ 264
Tapered Legs4" 273⁄4" AC2804STL For use as additional support option. $ 266
= Kwik Office model available.See the Kwik Office Price List.
Kimball Office Systems Page 447
Worksurface SupportUniversal, continued
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: All supports must
be specified separately.See page 348 for properbracket/support application.
• Units created using decorativesupport leg cannot be usedfreestanding. They must besecured to adjacent worksurfacefor necessary stability.
• Gusset bracket used to attachmetal modesty panel toworksurface must be specifiedseparately.See page 446.
• For contrasting paint color ondecorative support leg, specifyinsert separately.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Finish price group:
STD = Group 1STDM = Group M (+10%)
3 Finish designator
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3
IB1427D STDM 501
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Statement of Line page 335
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
D W H Model Description Price
Decorative Support Legs3" 14" 277⁄8" IB1427D For use as additional support option. $ 423
Decorative support includes glide and carpet gripper.Decorative insert may be specified separately, below.
Decorative Support Inserts1⁄8" 9" 225⁄8" IB1427DIP Painted insert (for a contrasting paint color). $ 72
Modesty Panels1" 431⁄2" 111⁄2" IF4412MB For use with 60"W worksurface. $ 151
491⁄2" IF5012MB For use with 66"W worksurface. 158
551⁄2" IF5612MB For use with 72"W worksurface. 165
Kimball Office Systems Page 448
Worksurface SupportUniversal, continued
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: All brackets and
supports must be specifiedseparately.See page 348 for properbracket/support application.
• One X-base is required for usewith round or square tops.
• Two T-bases are required for usewith rectangular or racetrack tops.
• Glides adjustable to 1⁄2".
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
P = PaintC = Chrome
3 Finish price group (omit for chromemodel):STD = Group 1STDM = Group M (+10%)
4 Finish designator
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3 4
TBS2627XP STDM 501
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Statement of Line page 335
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
D W H Model Description Paint (P) Chrome (C)
X-Bases26" 26" 27" TBS2627X Available in paint finishes or chrome. $ 495 $ 666
For use with 30" and 36" round and square worksurfaces. Painted model isavailable on Kwik Office.
34" 34" 27" TBS3427X Available in paint finishes or chrome. 519 754 For use with 42" and 48" round and 42" square worksurfaces. Painted model isavailable on Kwik Office.
T-Base26" 27" TBS2627T Available in paint finishes or chrome. $ 734 $ 937
For use with rectangular and racetrack worksurfaces. Set of 2. Painted model isavailable on Kwik Office.
= Kwik Office model available.See the Kwik Office Price List.
Kimball Office Systems Page 449
Worksurface SupportUniversal, continued
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: All supports must
be specified separately.See page 348 for properbracket/support application.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
P = PaintW = Wood
3 Surface finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
4 Finish designator
Sample (base model underlined):12 3 4
AB22P STD 462
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Statement of Line page 335
Worksurfaces & Support GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Worksurfaces
Paint WoodDiameter H Model Description (P) (W)
Cylinder Base12" 273⁄4" AB22 For use with P-top, U-top, D-shape and $ 589 $ 589
wedge spanner worksurfaces.
16" 273⁄4" AB32G For use with 48" or less round and racetrack 901 901 table tops. Includes anti-tip weight.
Paint WoodW D H Model Description (P) (W)
Half-Cylinder Base22" 16" 273⁄4" ASB52 For use as additional support option. $ 954 $ 954
22" 11" 273⁄4" AB52 For use as additional support option. 853 853
22" 11" 273⁄4" AB52E For use with table tops. 883 883 Includes anti-tip weight.
D
W
ASB52
D
W
AB52 and AB52E
Kimball Office Systems Page 450
Mobile Statement of Line
Mobile Table Rim Profiles:
Sloped Plastic Wood (S) Bullnose Bullnose
(N) (N)
Three rim profiles areavailable on column-legmobile tables: sloped, plasticbullnose, wood bullnose. Slopedrim is available on thermofoil topsonly. Plastic bullnose is availableon laminate tops only; woodbullnose is available on wood topsonly.
Sloped Wood Plastic (S) Bullnose Flat (C)
(N)
Three rim profiles areavailable on adjustable-basemobile tables: sloped, woodbullnose and plastic flat. Slopedrim is available on thermofoil topsonly. Plastic flat is available onlaminate tops only; wood bullnoseis available on wood tops only.
Note: Due to different materialcomposites, wood finishes mayvary slightly between the top andthe bullnose rim.
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 451
Mobile
Tear Drop Mobile TablesAvailable in fixed-height, adjustable-height, and top-only models.See page 452 to specify.
Round Mobile Table Available in adjustable base or top-only models.See page 454 to specify.
Square Mobile Table Available in adjustable base or top-only models.See page 454 to specify.
Tri-Star Mobile Table Available in adjustable base or top-only models.See page 454 to specify.
Rectangular Mobile TablesAvailable in fixed-height, adjustable-height, and top-only models.See page 453 to specify.
Quarter Round Mobile Table Available in adjustable base or top-only models.See page 454 to specify.
Mobile Legs and Adjustable BaseMobile legs are available in fixed-height and adjustable-height models.See page 455 to specify.
Cord Management:A variety of accessories maybe added in the field to helpmanage cords and cables,including grommets andundersurface wire managers.See the Perks Price List.
Kimball Office Systems Page 451
Mobile Overview
Options:Bullnose or sloped rimprofiles are available on mobiletables.See page 450.
Column-leg mobile tablesare available with fixed-heightcolumn legs (291⁄8") oradjustable-height column legs(265⁄8"–301⁄2").
All mobile table models areavailable in a “top-only” modelto allow attachment of analternate base in the field or toreplace an existing tableworksurface.
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Mobile
Features
Fixed-height and adjustable-height mobile column legs canbe specified separately and used withother table tops, including those listedin the worksurfaces section inaccordance with the guidelines listed.
Adjustable base is for use on tabletops that are not larger than 30" indiameter and thicker than 13⁄16".
Table tops are 13⁄16"thick.
Locking casters arestandard on all mobilecolumn legs.
Sloped rim table topsare 3⁄4" thick and offer acontinuous edge thatprovides a clean, mono -chromatic aesthetic withoutthe change of materialsbetween surface and edge.
Adjustable base featuresa pneumatic adjustment forquick and simple heightchanges. It includes fourlocking casters. Heightadjustable from 27"–37"H.
Footprint Mobile
Kimball Office Systems Page 452
Tear Drop Mobile Tables
Related Products:• Cable management
See the Perks Price List.
Specifying Tips:• All legs include locking casters.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
T = ThermofoilL = LaminateW = Wood
3 Rim profile:S = Sloped (thermofoil only)N = Bullnose (plastic on laminatesurfaces; wood on wood surfaces)
4 Surface finish designator5 Rim finish designator (laminate
surfaces only)6 Leg finish designator (omit for top
only):462 = Cinder501 = Platinum Metallic (+10%)
Sample (base model underlined):1 23 4 5
SK1937TPSTALN 480 4806
501
(Top only) 1 23 4 5
SK1937TPLN 480 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Statement of Line page 450
Overview page 451
Mobile GSA SIN 711-1
Thermofoil Laminate WoodD W H Model Description (T) (L) (W)
Tear Drop373⁄8" 373⁄8" 291⁄8" SK1937TPSTA Fixed-height legs $ 899 $ 882 $ 1246
265⁄8" –315⁄8" SK1937TPADJ Adjustable-height legs 1213 1216 1509
13⁄16" SK1937TP Top only 524 482 707
Rim Profiles: Dimensions for Space Planning:
Sloped (S) Plastic Bullnose (N) Wood Bullnose (N)
1815⁄16"
373⁄8"
373⁄8"
Note: Arrow on surfaceindicates grain direction.
Note: Due to different materialcomposites, wood finishes mayvary slightly between the top andthe bullnose rim.
Kimball Office Systems Page 453
Rectangular Mobile Tables
Related Products:• Cable management
See the Perks Price List.
Specifying Tips:• All legs include locking casters.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
T = ThermofoilL = LaminateW = Wood
3 Rim profile:S = Sloped (thermofoil only)N = Bullnose (plastic on laminatesurfaces; wood on wood surfaces)
4 Surface finish designator5 Rim finish designator (laminate
surfaces only)6 Leg finish designator (omit for top
only):462 = Cinder501 = Platinum Metallic (+10%)
Sample (base model underlined):1 23 4 5
SK2046TRSTALN 480 4806
501
(Top only) 1 23 4 5
SK2046TRLN 480 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Statement of Line page 450
Overview page 451
Mobile GSA SIN 711-1
Thermofoil Laminate WoodD W H Model Description (T) (L) (W)
Rectangular205⁄16" 461⁄4" 291⁄8" SK2046TRSTA Fixed-height legs $ 796 $ 775 $ 1092
265⁄8" –315⁄8" SK2046TRADJ Adjustable-height legs 1110 1109 1620
13⁄16" SK2046TR Top only 421 375 546
247⁄8" 477⁄8" 291⁄8" SK2548TRSTA Fixed-height legs 876 857 1208
265⁄8" –315⁄8" SK2548TRADJ Adjustable-height legs 1189 1191 1672
13⁄16" SK2548TR Top only 499 458 668
30" 60" 291⁄8" SK3060TRSTA Fixed-height legs 1062 1172 $ 1330
265⁄8" –315⁄8" SK3060TRADJ Adjustable-height legs 1376 1362 1787
13⁄16" SK3060TR Top only 686 620 788
Rim Profiles:
Sloped (S) Plastic Bullnose (N) Wood Bullnose (N)
Note: Arrow on surfaceindicates grain direction.
Note: Due to different materialcomposites, wood finishes mayvary slightly between the top andthe bullnose rim.
Footprint Mobile
Kimball Office Systems Page 454
Square, Round, Quarter Round, and Tri-Star Mobile Tables
Specifying Tips:• Adjustable base provides 10"
adjustment range.• Base features four locking casters.• Flat plastic edge (C) is available in
cinder only.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
T = ThermofoilL = LaminateW = Wood
3 Rim profile:S = Sloped (thermofoil only)C = Plastic flat (laminate only)N = Bullnose (wood only)
4 Surface finish designator5 Base finish designator (omit for
top):462 = Cinder501 = Platinum Metallic (+10%)
Sample (base model underlined):1 23 4 5
SK30TQADJTS 480 501
(Top only) 1 23 4
SK30TQTS 480
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Statement of Line page 450
Overview page 451
Mobile GSA SIN 711-1
Thermofoil Laminate WoodD W H Model Description (T) (L) (W)
Square24" 24" 27"-37" SK30TQADJ Adjustable base $ 1058 $ 1101 $ 1328
3⁄4" SK30TQ Top only 398 414 643
Round30" diameter 27"-37" SK30TDADJ Adjustable base $ 1058 $ 1101 $ 1328
3⁄4" SK30TD Top only 398 414 643
Quarter Round22" 30" 27"-37" SK30TUADJ Adjustable base $ 1058 $ 1101 $ 1328
3⁄4" SK30TU Top only 398 414 643
Tri-Star25" 27" 27"-37" SK30TSADJ Adjustable base $ 1058 $ 1101 $ 1328
3⁄4" SK30TS Top only 398 $ 414 $ 643
24"
24"
30" 30"
Note: Arrow on surfaceindicates grain direction.
Note: Due to different materialcomposites, wood finishes mayvary slightly between the top andthe bullnose rim.
Rim Profiles: Dimensions for Space Planning:
Sloped (S) Plastic Flat (C) Wood Bullnose (N)
30"
22"
22"
27"
25"
Kimball Office Systems Page 455
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Statement of Line page 450
Overview page 451
Mobile GSA SIN 711-1
Mobile Column Legs and Adjustable Base
How to Specify:1 Model2 Finish designator
462 = Cinder501 = Platinum metallic (+10%)
Sample (base model underlined):1 2
SKBADJ 501
D W H Model Description Price
Mobile Column LegsFixed Height
71⁄2" 71⁄2" 2715⁄16" SKLSTA 21⁄8" diameter. Locking caster. One; four required $ 101 to support surface. Cinder and Platinum only.For use with 13⁄16" thick worksurfaces no deeperthan 30" and no wider than 60".
Adjustable Height
71⁄2" 71⁄2" 257⁄16"–301⁄2" SKLADJ 21⁄8" diameter. Locking caster. One; four required $ 185 to support surface. Cinder and Platinum only.For use with 13⁄16" thick worksurfaces no deeperthan 30" and no wider than 60".
Adjustable Base261⁄4" 261⁄4" 27"–37" SKBADJ Available in 462 Cinder and 501 Platinum Metallic only. $ 707
For use with table tops not larger than 30" diameter and not thicker than 13⁄16".
Footprint MobileFootprint Mobile
Kimball Office Systems Page 456
Footprint
Mobile
Kimball Office Systems Page 457
Undersurface Storage Statement of Line
Undersurface Storage Profiles:
Square
Radius
Flat See page 458 for Statement of Line.
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 463
Locking Information page 476
Storage
Footprint Storage
Mobile Box/File PedestalsSee page 464 for product info.See page 483 to specify.
Box/Box/File and File/FilePedestalsSee page 465 for product info.See page 484 to specify.
Lateral File PedestalsSee page 465 for product info.See page 485 to specify.
Hinged Door PedestalsSee page 465 for product info.See page 485 to specify.
Box/Box/File PedestalsSee page 464 for product info.See page 479 to specify.
File/File PedestalsSee page 464 for product info.See page 479 to specify.
Hinged Door PedestalsSee page 464 for product info.See pages 480– 481 to specify.
Open BookcasesSee page 464 for product info.See page 482 to specify.
Radius Profile: Note: Available in wood or laminate.
Square Profile: Note: Available in wood or laminate.
Lateral File PedestalsSee page 464 for product info.See page 481 to specify.
Kimball Office Systems Page 458
Undersurface Storage Statement of Line, continued
Undersurface Storage Profiles:
SquareSee page 457 for Statement of Line.
RadiusSee page 457 for Statement of Line.
Flat
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 463
Locking Information page 476
Storage
Suspended Box/File PedestalsSee page 466 for product info.See page 486 for metal.
Box/Box/File PedestalsSee page 466 for product info.See page 486 for metal.See page 487 for metal with wood front.
Mobile PedestalsAvailable in cushion top box/file,box/box/file, and file/file models.See page 466 for product info.See page 490 for metal.See page 491 for metal with wood front.
File CentersSee page 466 for product info.See page 488 for metal.See page 489 for metal with wood front.
Undersurface Lateral FilesSee page 466 for product info.See page 488 for metal.See page 489 for metal with wood front.
File/File PedestalsSee page 466 for product info.See page 486 for metal.See page 487 for metal with wood front.
Flat Profile: Note: Flat profile storage is metal or metal with wood fronts.
BookcasesSee page 466 for product info.See page 488 for metal.
Kimball Office Systems Page 459
Overhead Storage Statement of Line
Overhead StorageProfiles:
Square Radius(19"H flipper door model shown)
Curved BevelSee page 460. See page 460.
Flat LunarSee page 460. See page 460.
Glass Patterns:
Linear Vertical Frosted
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 463
Locking Information page 476
Storage
Footprint Storage
Overhead ShelvesSee page 470 for product info.See page 493 to specify.
Highback Organizers with Flipper DoorsSee page 470 for product info.See page 494 to specify.
Highback Organizerswith Hinged DoorsSee page 470 for product info.See page 494 to specify.
Flipper Door OverheadsAvailable in 19"H and 16"H models.See page 470 for product info.See page 492 to specify.
Hinged Door OverheadsAvailable in 19"H and 16"H models.See page 470 for product info.See page 492 to specify.
Radius Profile: Note: Available in wood or laminate.
Flipper Door OverheadsAvailable in 19"H and 16"H models.See page 471 for product info.See page 495 to specify.
Hinged Door OverheadsAvailable in 19"H and 16"H models .See page 471 for product info.See page 495 to specify.
Square Profile: Note: Available in wood or laminate.
Highback Organizers with Flipper DoorsSee page 471 for product info.See page 496 to specify.
Highback Organizerswith Hinged DoorsSee page 471 for product info.See page 496 to specify.
Glass-Front OverheadsSee page 470 for product info.See page 492 to specify.
Kimball Office Systems Page 460
Overhead Storage Statement of Line, continued
Overhead StorageProfiles:
Square Radius(19"H flipper door model shown)
See page 459. See page 459.
Curved Bevel
Flat Lunar
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 463
Locking Information page 476
Storage
Receding Door OverheadsSee page 473 for product info.See page 498 to specify.
Highback OrganizerSee page 473 for product info.See page 500 to specify.
Half-Height Overhead ShelvesSee page 473 for product info.See page 499 to specify.
Full-Height Overhead ShelvesSee page 473 for product info.See page 499 to specify.
Bevel Profile: Note: Bevel profile storage is metal.
Perforated OverheadsSee page 472 for product info.See page 497 to specify.
Non-Perforated OverheadsSee page 472 for product info.See page 497 to specify.
Curved Profile: Note: Features a laminate chassis and metal doors.
Flipper Door OverheadsSee page 473 for product info.See page 503 to specify.
Lunar Profile: Note: Features a metal chassis and front.
Flipper Door OverheadsSee page 473 for product info.See page 501 to specify.
Flat Profile: Note: Flipper door overhead features a metal chassis and wood front.
Cubby StorageSee page 473 for product info.See page 502 to specify.
Kimball Office Systems Page 461
Vertical Storage Statement of Line
Vertical StorageProfiles:
Square
Flat See page 462 for
Statement of Line.
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 463
Locking Information page 476
Storage
Footprint Storage
Square Profile: Note: Available in wood or laminate.
Lateral Files with Hinged Doorsand Two DrawersSee page 474 for product info.See page 513 to specify.
Lateral Files with Hinged Doorsand Four DrawersSee page 474 for product info.See page 513 to specify.
Storage Cabinets with Box/Box/File See page 474 for product info.See page 514 to specify.
Storage Cabinets See page 474 for product info.See page 514 to specify.
BookcasesSee page 474 for product info.See page 510 to specify.
Short Storage CabinetsSee page 474 for product info.See page 511 to specify.
Lateral FilesAvailable in 2, 3, and 4 drawer models.See page 474 for product info.See page 512 to specify.
18"W Wardrobe CabinetsSee page 474 for product info.See page 515 to specify.
6"W Wardrobe CabinetsSee page 474 for product info.See page 515 to specify.
Storage Cabinets with File/File See page 474 for product info.See page 514 to specify.
Kimball Office Systems Page 462
Vertical Storage Statement of Line, continued
Vertical StorageProfiles:
SquareSee page 461 for
Statement of Line.
Flat
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 463
Locking Information page 476
Storage
BookcasesSee page 475 for product info.See page 516 to specify.
15"W Storage TowersSee page 475 for product info.See page 517 for metal.See page 518 for metal with wood front.
Flat Profile: Note: Flat profile storage is metal or metal with wood fronts.
24"W Storage TowersSee page 475 for product info.See page 519 for 24"W metal.See page 520 for 24"W metal withwood front.
Drawer Pulls:Square Profile
Arc Bar Dome
Span Wire
Radius Profile
Waterfall Horizontal Vertical(wood only)
Flat Profile
Extended Arc Dome(metal only)
Span
Kimball Office Systems Page 463
Storage Overview
Overhead Door Pulls:Square and Radius Profile
Integrated Waterfall
Checklist: Pull options Pedestal reveal strips and
modesty filler strips when sideof square profile pedestal isexposed
Tops for square profilefreestanding lateral files
Back panels for any storageunits that have unfinishedbacks that will be exposed
Pedestal spacers for radiusprofile pedestals with verticalpulls or hinged door unitswhen placed side by side
Change key Lock cores if key specific
option is selected Additional file bars if required Appropriate support brackets
for panel system or Traxxapplication
Traxx when wall mountingoverheads
Vertical cord managers Ganging kit when mounting
overheads side-by-side.
Footprint
Storage
Footprint Storage
Overhead storage isavailable in wood, laminate,metal, and laminate/metalcombination.Note: Not all profiles areavailable in all materials.
Overheads can be mountedto Traxx, Xsite, or Cetra panelswith the use of appropriatebracketry. Interworks EQ panelscan accept bevel and lunarprofile overheads.
Undersurface storage is available in wood,laminate, metal, andmetal/thermofoilcombination.Note: Not all profiles areavailable in all materials.
All undersurfacestorage may be used withany Kimball Office panelsystem.
13⁄16" and 19⁄16" work - surfaces may be usedwith all undersurfacestorage. Mobile storageunits are recommendedwhen specifyingcurvilinear worksurfaces.
Kimball Office Systems Page 464
Square Profile Undersurface StorageProduct Information
Finishes and Materials:Square Profile Storage andFiller Panels
• Wood• Laminate
Arc Pulls• Cinder• Platinum Metallic• Satin Nickel• Satin Bronze Metallic• Dark Chocolate• Carbon Metallic
Bar, and Wire Pulls • Matte Black• Silver Stipple• Carbon Metallic
Dome and Span Pulls • Matte Black• Platinum Metallic• Polished Argent• Satin Nickel Metallic• Carbon Metallic
Locks:Locks are standard. They areblack and located on front ofcabinet.See page 476 for keying.
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 463
Locking Information page 476
Storage
DetailsSquare profile undersurfacestorage is available in wood orlaminate.
Arc, bar, dome, span, and wirepulls are available on wood orlaminate square profile storage.
Pedestals are 18"W with finishedsides. They can be used at the endsof storage arrangements for a finishedlook without using support panels.
11⁄2" glides provide 11⁄4" ofadjustment.
Filing hardware for front-to-backand side-to-side filing is included forpedestals and lateral files. Drawer bottoms are not intended to be usedas the main support for storing items.It is recommended that all items bestored in hanging file holders to utilizestrength of the drawer sides. Drawerinteriors are black. See page 467 for filing capacities.
Backs and tops of undersurfaceunits are unfinished and must beconcealed in application. Tops are notenclosed. Worksurfaces attachdirectly to horizontal frame.
Backs can be finished with a fullwidth modesty panel for freestandingapplications. For breakfrontapplications, specify two 18"Wmodesty panels for backs ofpedestals and an additional modestypanel equal to the width of thekneespace between pedestals.
Mobile pedestals are finished onthe top and all sides.
Connections
Pedestals are 23"D or 29"D.They are sized 1" less than worksur -face depths to accommodate cableaccess when placed against a wall, orfor the addition of a modesty panel.
Planning FactorsUndersurface pedestals andlateral files provide support forworksurfaces. They are notintended to be used as freestandingunits. 29"H worksurfaces can besupported by file/file, box/box/file,lateral file, and hinged door pedestals.
Related Products
Filler panels are available in woodor laminate. They can be scribed inthe field to finish out cabinetry for acustom fit.
Pedestal reveal strips should bespecified when the side of a pedestalis exposed. It conceals the smallspace between the top of thepedestal and the underside of theworksurface.
Modesty filler strip should bespecified if a modesty panel is notused or if the storage component isnot panel wrapped. Modesty fillerstrip maintains space for cablingbehind pedestal while filling in thedifference in storage and worksurfacedepth.
Kimball Office Systems Page 465
Radius Profile Undersurface StorageProduct Information
Finishes and Materials:Radius Profile Storage
• Wood• Laminate
Waterfall and HorizontalPulls (on radius profile)
• Black
Pedestal Spacers• Wood • Laminate
Locks:Locks are standard onunder surface storage. They areblack and located on front ofcabinet.See page 476 for keyingoptions.
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 463
Locking Information page 476
Storage
Footprint Storage
DetailsRadius profile undersurfacestorage is available in wood orlaminate.
Waterfall or horizontal pulls areavailable on wood or laminate radiusprofile storage.
Vertical pulls are available on woodradius profile pedestals only. Verticalpulls run along the side edges ofdrawer fronts.
11⁄2" glides provide 11⁄4" ofadjustment.
Filing hardware for front-to-backand side-to-side filing is included forpedestals and lateral files. Drawerbottoms are not intended to be usedas the main support for storing items.It is recommended that all items bestored in hanging file holders to utilizestrength of the drawer sides. Drawerinteriors are black. See page 468 for filing capacities.
Backs and tops of undersurfaceunits are unfinished and must beconcealed in application. Tops are notenclosed. Worksurfaces attachdirectly to horizontal frame.
Connections
Pedestals are 153⁄4"W and aredesigned to be positioned within adesk shell or surrounded by panels.
Full width modesty panel andsupport panels must be specifiedfor freestanding applications.
Planning FactorsUndersurface pedestals andlateral files provide support forworksurfaces. They are notintended to be used as freestandingunits. 29"H worksurfaces can besupported by file/file, box/box/file,lateral file, and hinged door pedestals.
16"D or 22"D pedestals are sized2" less than worksurface depths toaccommodate cable access whenplaced against a wall or panel.
30"D pedestals do not allow forcable access clearance or a modestypanel if used with 30"D worksurface.
Related Products
Filler panels are available in woodor laminate. They can be scribed inthe field to finish out cabinetry for acustom fit.
Pedestal spacer is requiredbetween side-by-side pedestals withvertical pulls to provide access to thepull. It can also be used for clearancewhen two hinged door cabinets withwaterfall pulls are placed next to eachother or a wall.
22"
66"30"
153⁄4"W
Kimball Office Systems Page 466
Flat Profile Undersurface StorageProduct Information
Finishes and Materials:Flat Profile Storage
• Metal: all paints• Wood fronts: all wood finishes
Arc Pulls • Cinder• Platinum Metallic• Satin Nickel• Satin Bronze Metallic• Dark Chocolate• Carbon Metallic
Extended Pulls • Painted to match chassis
Dome and Span Pulls • Matte Black• Platinum Metallic• Polished Argent• Satin Nickel Metallic• Carbon Metallic
Locks:Locks are standard onunder surface storage. They areblack and located on front ofcabinet.See page 476 for keyingoptions.
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 463
Locking Information page 476
Storage
DetailsFlat profile undersurfacestorage features a drawer-front-over-case design. Flat profile storage isavailable in all metal or with metalchassis and wood fronts.
Pedestals are 15"W. Suspendedbox/file pedestals are mountedbeneath the worksurface. File/file andbox/box/file pedestals supportworksurfaces at 29"H.
Glides provide 1" of adjustment.
File drawers accommodate front-to-back filing by suspending hangingfiles from the drawer sides. For side-to-side filing, additional file bars arerequired. See the Perks Price List.
Box and file drawer suspensionsallow full extension.
Drawer bottoms are not intendedto be used as the main support forstoring items. It is recommended thatall items be stored in hanging filefolders to utilize strength of thedrawer sides.
Lateral files include one side-to-side file bar per drawer for letter filing.Front-to-back file bars are specifiedseparately.See the Perks Price List.
Tops are not enclosed. Worksurfacesattach directly to the horizontal frame.
Backs and sides are finished.
Mobile pedestals are finished on allsides and are available with paintedor cushion top. Cushion top pedestalseated capacity is 225 lbs.
File center consists of box, file, andlateral file drawers. Box drawers canbe specified in either the left or rightdrawer locations. One lock secures all drawers.
Bookcases feature an enclosedback and include one adjustableshelf. Shelf adjusts in 1⁄2" increments.Glides on bookcases provide 1" ofadjustment
ConnectionsUndersurface pedestals andlateral files provide support forworksurfaces. They are notintended to be used as freestandingunits. 29"H worksurfaces can besupported by file/file, box/box/file,lateral file, and file center pedestals.
Suspended pedestals must beattached to worksurfaces that meetall application guidelines.
Related ProductMetal modesty panel, whenspecified, attaches to the sides ofpedestals. Metal modesty panels arerecommended for use with flat profilepedestals.See page 445.
If using wood modesty andsupport panels with flat profilemetal pedestals with woodfronts to create freestandingdesk applications, specify theworksurface to be deeper than thepedestals. Specify 24"D pedestal foruse with 30"D worksurface; 30"Dpedestal with a 36"D worksurface; or18"D lateral file with a 24"Dworksurface.
Non-deface kit, specifiedseparately, is available to allowattachment of modesty panel withoutdefacing the side of the pedestal.See page 445.
Kimball Office Systems Page 467
Undersurface Storage Filing CapacitiesSquare Profile
Filing Hardware:Heavier lines in theillustrations at right indicate filebars. File bars to accommodatefront-to-back and side-to-sidefiling as shown are shippedstandard with file/file pedestalsand lateral files.
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 463
Locking Information page 476
Storage
Footprint Storage
Interior Drawer DimensionsInside Inside
Description Depth Width Height Filing Arrangements
23"D pedestal 17" 1413⁄32" 99⁄32"
17" letter 169⁄16" letter 127⁄32" legal 127⁄32" EDP 127⁄32" A4+ 15⁄8" letter + 1" letter + 35⁄8" letter
29"D pedestal 253⁄4" 1413⁄32" 99⁄32"
2813⁄16" letter 241⁄32" letter 2613⁄32" letter 1413⁄32" legal,or A4 or A4 EDP, or A4
23"D x 30"W lateral file 151⁄32" 2611⁄32" 99⁄32"
301⁄16" letter 26" letter, legal, EDP, or A4 151⁄32" legal, EDP, or A4
23"D x 36"W lateral file 151⁄32" 3211⁄32" 99⁄32"
301⁄16" letter 32" letter, legal, EDP, or A4 301⁄16" legal, EDP, or A4
Kimball Office Systems Page 468
Undersurface Storage Filing CapacitiesRadius Profile
Filing Hardware:Heavier lines in theillustrations at right indicate filebars. File bars to accommodatefront-to-back and side-to-sidefiling as shown are shippedstandard with file/file pedestalsand lateral files.
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 463
Locking Information page 476
Storage
Interior Drawer DimensionsInside Inside Inside
Description Depth Width Height Filing Arrangements
16"D pedestal 123⁄16" 123⁄16" 99⁄32"
123⁄16" letter 123⁄16" letter
22"D pedestal 17" 123⁄16" 99⁄32"
17" letter 169⁄16" letter 123⁄16" legal or EDP + 15⁄8" letter 123⁄16" A4 + 35⁄8" letter
30"D pedestal 253⁄4" 123⁄16" 99⁄32"
253⁄4" letter 243⁄8" letter 123⁄16" legal or EDP + 103⁄8" letter 123⁄16" A4 + 123⁄8" letter
16"D x 30"W lateral file 123⁄16" 2611⁄32" 99⁄32"
243⁄8" letter 2611⁄32" letter 123⁄16" legal, EDP, or A4
16"D x 36"W lateral file 123⁄16" 3211⁄32" 99⁄32"
303⁄8" letter 3211⁄32" letter 243⁄8" legal, EDP, or A4
22"D x 30"W lateral file 151⁄32" 2611⁄32" 99⁄32"
301⁄16" letter 26" letter, legal, EDP, or A4 151⁄32" legal, EDP, or A4
22"D x 36"W lateral file 151⁄32" 3211⁄32" 99⁄32"
301⁄16" letter 32" letter, legal, EDP, or A4 301⁄16" legal, EDP or A4
Kimball Office Systems Page 469
Undersurface Storage Filing CapacitiesFlat Profile
Filing Hardware:Heavier lines in theillustrations at right indicate filebars.
Pedestals include file bars forfront-to-back filing as standard.Side-to-side file bars can bespecified separately.
See the Perks Price List.
Lateral files include file barsfor side-to-side filing asstandard. Front-to-back file barscan be specified separately.
See the Perks Price List.
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 463
Locking Information page 476
Storage
Footprint Storage
Interior Drawer DimensionsInside Inside Inside
Description Depth Width Height Filing Arrangements
24"D pedestal 193⁄16" 123⁄16" 103⁄16"
193⁄16" letter 183⁄16" letter 123⁄16" legal 123⁄16" EDP 123⁄16" A4+ 33⁄16" letter + 21⁄4" letter + 5" letter
30"D pedestal 253⁄16" 123⁄16" 103⁄16"
253⁄16" letter 243⁄8" letter 123⁄16" legal 123⁄16" EDP 123⁄16" A4+ 93⁄16" letter + 81⁄4"" letter + 11" letter
18"D x 30"W lateral 147⁄8" 2613⁄16" 93⁄8"
293⁄4" letter 267⁄8" letter 267⁄8" legal 255⁄8" legal or A4
18"D x 36"W lateral file 147⁄8" 3213⁄16" 93⁄8"
293⁄4" letter 327⁄8" letter 293⁄4" legal 327⁄8" legal or A4
18"D x 42"W lateral file 147⁄8" 3813⁄16" 93⁄8"
445⁄8" letter 387⁄8" letter 363⁄8" legal 387⁄8" legal or A4
File center 1515⁄16" 123⁄16" 103⁄16"
1515⁄16" letter 267⁄8" letter in file drawer in lateral drawer
Kimball Office Systems Page 470
Square Profile Overhead StorageProduct Information
Finishes and Materials:Square Profile Overheads
• Wood• Laminate
Square Profile HighbackOrganizers
• Wood• Laminate
Square Profile Filler Panels• Wood• Laminate
Waterfall pulls• Black
Locks:Locks are optional on squareprofile overhead storage. Locksare located on the front of thecabinet. All locks are black.See page 476 for keyingoptions.
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 463
Locking Information page 476
Storage
DetailsSquare profile overheads areavailable in wood, laminate, woodchassis with a glass front, or laminatechassis with a glass front, and inhinged or flipper door models.
Overhead cabinets and highbackorganizers ship pre-assembled.
19"H 16"H
16"H overheads feature a smallerprofile and accommodate standard-size binders.
Flipper doors include easy-downmechanism. 7" clearance above thecabinet is required.
42"W and 48"W hinged dooroverheads have three doors with asingle door on the right. A supportpanel divides the overhead into twoseparate sections as indicated above.
60"W and 72"W hinged dooroverheads have four doors.
60"W and 72"W flipper dooroverheads have two doors.
Backs of overheads are unfinishedand may be visible when used onpanels that are 61"H or less. Backsare partial height in flipper and hingeddoor overheads.
Waterfall and integrated doorpulls are available. Integrated pullsrun the full length of the door alongthe bottom edge.
Highback organizers have anunfinished back. Task light andtackboard must be specifiedseparately. Cord exit is centereddirectly above tackboard through theback panel. Panel fabric is turned 90°and applied railroad style on 72"Wtackboards.
ConnectionsXsite, Cetra, and Traxx cansupport square profile overheads.
Wall mounted cabinets are hungfrom a single upper Traxx channel.Traxx spacer (5⁄8" full length shim),specified separately, is required whenwall mounting overheads withoutusing Traxx tiles. Traxx full end trimshould be specified when the end ofwall mounted overhead is exposed.See page 326 for Traxx spacer.See page 324 for end trim.
In freestanding applications, asingle overhead unit can besupported by two angle bracketsattached to short storage cabinets,vertical storage cabinets, or acombination of both.
Related ProductsOverhead brackets must bespecified separately.See pages 504– 508.
Ganging kit is required whenhanging overheads side-by-side. When mounted on Cetra panels, theinside left and right overhead bracketsare replaced by the ganging bracket.See page 509.
Filler panels are available to buildout cabinetry for a custom fit. Fillerpanels are scribed in the field.
Traxx
Traxx spacer
Kimball Office Systems Page 471
Radius Profile Overhead StorageProduct Information
Finishes and Materials:Radius Profile OverheadStorage
• Wood• Laminate
Locks:Locks are optional on radiusprofile overhead storage. Locksare located on the front of thecabinet. All locks are black.See page 476 for keyingoptions.
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 463
Locking Information page 476
Storage
Footprint Storage
DetailsRadius profile overheads areavailable in wood or laminate, and inhinged door or flipper door models.
Overhead cabinets and highbackorganizers ship pre-assembled.
19"H 16"H
16"H overheads feature a smallerprofile and accommodate standard-size binders.
Flipper doors include easy-downmechanism. 7" clearance above thecabinet is required.
42"W and 48"W hinged dooroverheads have three doors with asingle door on the right. A supportpanel divides the overhead into twoseparate sections as indicated above.
60"W and 72"W hinged dooroverheads have four doors.
60"W and 72"W flipper dooroverheads have two doors.
Backs of overheads are unfinishedand may be visible when used onpanels that are 61"H or less. Backsare partial height in flipper and hingeddoor overheads.
Waterfall and integrated doorpulls are available. Integrated pullsrun the full length of the door alongthe bottom edge.
Highback organizers have anunfinished back. Task light andtackboard must be specifiedseparately. Cord exit is centereddirectly above tackboard through the back panel. Panel fabric is turned90° (railroad style) on 72"Wtackboards.
ConnectionsXsite, Cetra, and Traxx cansupport radius profile overheads.
Wall mounted cabinets are hungfrom a single upper Traxx channel.Traxx spacer (5⁄8" full length shim),specified separately, is required whenwall mounting overheads withoutusing Traxx tiles. Traxx full end trimshould be specified when the end ofwall mounted overhead is exposed.See page 326 for Traxx spacer.See page 324 for end trim.
In freestanding applications, asingle overhead unit can besupported by two angle bracketsattached to short storage cabinets,vertical storage cabinets, or acombination of both.
Related ProductsOverhead brackets must bespecified separately.See pages 504– 508.
Ganging kit is required whenhanging overheads side-by-side. When mounted on Cetra panels, theinside left and right overhead bracketsare replaced by the ganging bracket.See page 509.
Filler panels are available to buildout cabinetry for a custom fit. Fillerpanels are scribed in the field.
Traxx
Traxx spacer
Kimball Office Systems Page 472
Footprint
Storage
Curved Profile Overhead StorageProduct Information
Finishes and Materials:Curved Profile Overhead Storage
• Laminate chassis: select solidlaminates
• Metal front: paint
Locks:Locks are standard on curvedprofile overhead storage. Locksare located on the front of thecabinet. All locks are black.See page 476 for keyingoptions.
See page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 463
Locking Information page 476
DetailsCurved profile overheads areavailable with laminate chassis andpainted metal fronts. Metal fronts areavailable with smooth or perforatedmetal. Curved profile overheadsfeature an easy-down mechanismand ship pre-assembled.
24"W–48"W units have a singledoor with black lock.
60"W–72"W units have twoindividually locking doors with blacklocks.
ConnectionsXsite, Cetra, and Traxx cansupport curved profile overheads.
Related ProductsOverhead brackets must bespecified separately.See pages 504– 507.
Ganging brackets are requiredwhen mounting overheads side byside on Xsite or Traxx.
Kimball Office Systems Page 473
Footprint
Storage
Footprint Storage
Bevel, Flat, and Lunar Profile Overhead StorageProduct Information
Bevel Lunar
Flat
Finishes and Materials:Bevel Profile Storage
• Metal: paint• Fabric door with metal chassis:
panel or seating fabrics
Flat Profile Storage• Metal: paint• Wood doors: wood finishes
Lunar Profile Overhead Storage
• Metal chassis/front: selectpaints
Locks:Locks are standard. Locks arelocated on the front of thecabinet on bevel profile unitsand on the bottom of thecabinet for lunar profile units.All locks are black.See page 476 for keyingoptions.
See page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 463
Locking Information page 476
DetailsBevel profile overheads are metaland are available in all paint finishes.Models include receding door, fullheight shelf, and half height shelf.
Flat profile overheads have ametal chassis and wood flipper doorswith integrated pulls. Metal chassis isavailable in all paint finishes. Woodfronts are available in all standardwood finishes. Doors feature steel ballbearing, easy-down slides.
Flat profile cubbies have a metalchassis and are available in all paintfinishes.
Lunar profile overheads areavailable with painted metal chassisand door. Doors feature ball bearingslides. Lunar profile overhead unitsare shipped ready-to-assemble.
Bevel profile receding dooroverheads are available in paint orwith fabric covered doors. Door finishand chassis finish on painted unitsmust be the same. Ships pre-assembled.
Receding doors operate on ballbearing slides that are fitted into theunit.
24"W–48"W units have one doorwith black lock.
54"W–72"W units have twoindividually locking doors.
Half height shelf has a singlecompartment and an open back witha 1" binder stop. Ships ready-to-assemble. Half height shelves are foruse on Interworks EQ panels only.
Full height shelf has a singlecompartment and full height back.Ships ready-to-assemble.
Highback organizers include twovertical end panels, back panel,overhead unit, and attachmenthardware. Recesses at corners ofback panel allow for wiremanagement. Ships ready-to-assemble.
Highback organizer must besame nominal width asfreestanding unit on which it will beattached.
Seating fabric is turned 90° andapplied railroad style to 60"W and72"W highback tackboards.
Panel fabric is turned 90° andapplied railroad style to 72"Whighback tackboards.See page 541 for illustration ofrailroad application.
Tackboards and task lights mustbe specified separately for highbackorganizers.
Connections
Bevel, flat, and lunar profileoverheads can be supported byXsite, Cetra, Interworks EQ, andTraxx.
Wall standards can be used tomount bevel profile overheads tobuilding walls. A maximum of twocomponents may be attached to a setof wall standards, not to exceed 150lbs. Blocking and bearing on floor isrecommended.
Related ProductsOverhead brackets must bespecified separately if mounting onXsite, Cetra, or Traxx.Note: No additional bracketry isrequired when hanging bevel profileoverheads on Interworks EQ panels.See pages 504– 507.
Ganging kit is required whenhanging overheads side-by-side.
Kimball Office Systems Page 474
Square Profile Vertical StorageProduct Information
Finishes and Materials:Square Profile VerticalStorage and Filler Panels
• Wood• Laminate
Arc Pulls • Cinder• Platinum Metallic• Satin Nickel• Satin Bronze Metallic• Dark Chocolate• Carbon Metallic
Bar and Wire Pulls • Matte Black• Silver Stipple• Carbon Metallic
Dome and Span Pulls • Matte Black• Platinum Metallic• Polished Argent• Satin Nickel Metallic• Carbon Metallic
Locks:Locks are optional on doorsand standard on pedestals.They are black and located onthe front of the cabinet. See page 476.
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 463
Locking Information page 476
Storage
DetailsSquare profile vertical storageunits are available in wood orlaminate.
Drawer fronts are available witharc, bar, dome, span, and wire pulls.
Short storage cabinets are avail -able in wood or laminate. Door maybe hinged on the left or right. Shortstorage finish panel should bespecified if back of short storage unitwill be exposed.
Overall height of short storagecabinets is affected by worksurfacethickness. When aligning shortstorage cabinets with other vertical oroverhead storage units specify the39"H models for use with 19⁄16"worksurfaces and 40"H models foruse with 13⁄16" worksurfaces.
Lateral files feature a drawerinterlock that prevents tipping.
Top and back of lateral files areunfinished. Specify a worksurface tocover an individual lateral file or tospan multiple lateral files. Tops are notenclosed. Worksurfaces attachdirectly to the horizontal frame.
Two drawer lateral files withhinged doors include oneadjustable shelf in hinged doorstorage area. Lateral file finish panelshould be specified if back of unit willbe exposed. Lateral file filler stripshould be specified if side of unit willbe exposed.
Filler panels are available in woodor laminate. They can be scribed inthe field to finish out cabinetry for acustom fit.
All vertical storage units shippre-assembled.
Vertical storage units are finishedon the top and sides. Interiors arefinished to match the exterior. 18"Wunits can be specified with finished orunfinished backs. Backs areunfinished on 30" and 36"W units.Specify a finish panel separately ifback will be exposed.
Wardrobes and storage cabinetsare available with finished orunfinished backs. Finished back, ifspecified, matches the chassis.
6"W and 18"W wardrobes includehang bar. 18"W wardrobe alsoincludes an adjustable shelf.
6"W wardrobe is not freestandingand must be attached to adjacentstorage or wall.
Touch latch is standard on alldoors.
Filing hardware for front-to-backand side-to-side filing is included.Drawer bottoms are not intended tosupport heavy loads. Drawer interiorsare black. See page 467 for filing capacities.
Bookcase shelves are spaced 12"apart.
42"H bookcase features threeshelves; one is adjustable.
56"H bookcase features fourshelves; two are adjustable.
68"H bookcase features fiveshelves; three are adjustable.
File drawers are designed toaccommodate hanging filessuspended from the drawer sides.
Drawer bottoms are not intendedto be used as the main support forstoring items. It is recommended thatall items be stored in hanging filefolders to utilize strength of thedrawer sides.
Wardrobe doors may be specifiedon the left or right of the unit.
Wardrobe bar is galvanized metal.
Wardrobe shelf is Cinder with 1⁄2"adjustability.
Kimball Office Systems Page 475
Flat Profile Vertical StorageProduct Information
Finishes and Materials:Flat Profile Vertical Storage
• Metal: paint• Wood fronts: all wood finishes
Arc Pulls • Cinder• Platinum Metallic• Satin Nickel• Satin Bronze Metallic• Dark Chocolate• Carbon Metallic
Extended Pulls • Painted to match chassis
Dome and Span Pulls • Matte Black• Platinum Metallic• Polished Argent• Satin Nickel Metallic• Carbon Metallic
Locks:Storage tower has threeindividual locks. They are blackand located on the front of thecabinet.See page 476 for keyingoptions.
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 463
Locking Information page 476
Storage
Footprint Storage
DetailsFlat profile vertical storageunits are available in all metal or withmetal chassis and wood fronts.
Bookcases include enclosed backand factory installed shelves.
Shelves adjust in 1⁄2" increments.
Storage towers include a file/file,cabinet, wardrobe/storage section,and/or open shelves. Sections haveindividual locks and can be keyedalike by selecting the key specificoption. See page 476 for keying options.
File drawers are designed toaccommodate hanging filessuspended from the drawer sides.
Drawer bottoms are not intendedto be used as the main support forstoring items. It is recommended thatall items be stored in hanging filefolders to utilize strength of thedrawer sides.
Wardrobe doors may be specifiedon the left or right of the unit.
Wardrobe bar is galvanized metal.
Wardrobe shelf is Cinder with 1⁄2"adjustability.
Kimball Office Systems Page 476
Locking Information
Keying Options:Locking storage units canbe specified with either the keyrandom or key specific option.Lock cores are shippedseparately for field installation.
Installing andChanging Locks:The standard key shippedwith either a key random or key specific lock core can be usedfor the initial installation of thelock core in the field.
IMPORTANT: A change keymust be specified separately inorder to remove key randomand key specific lock cores inthe field. See chart at right.
Footprint
Storage
Key RandomKey random means numbers will beassigned arbitrarily at the factory withkey numbers ranging from KSCD001to KSCD300.See keying example below.
With random keying, differentfurniture units may or may nothave the same key number. If youmust have all locks keyed differentlyor all locks keyed the same, choosethe key specific option.
Key Specific Key specific means that you canspecify any key number within theranges shown at right based on theproduct profile.
IMPORTANT: If you select the keyspecific option, you must specify thelock cores separately. Storage unitsspecified with the key specific optionship without lock cores, but are pre-drilled to accept a lock core.
To key all the furniture units ina workstation or departmentalike, choose the key specific optionand order the quantity of locksneeded for your installation.
KSCD005
KSCD005
KSCD005
KSCD001 KSCD075 KSCD250
KSCD250 KSCD144
KSCD010 KSCD250
Model Description Price
Lock Cores for Key Specific OptionKSCD001 to KSCD300 Specify exact key number desired. $ 21
For Kwik Office Models
QKSCD001 to QKSCD025 Specify exact key number desired. $ 21
Change KeysKSCD1CK Removes any KSCD lock $ 5
For Kwik Office Models
QKSCD1CK Removes any QKSCD lock $ 5
Master KeyKS2GMK For lock cores KSCC001–KSCC300, $ 11
and KSCD001–KSCD300
How to Specify:1 Key number
(KSCD001–KSCD300)
Sample (base modelunderlined):
1
KSCD007
= Kwik Office model available.See the Kwik Office Price List.
GSA SIN 711-1
Kimball Office Systems Page 477
Footprint
Storage
Footprint Storage
Lock Core Requirements
Undersurface StorageRadius ProfileABBF1627. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1ABBF2227. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1ABBF3027. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1AFF1627 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1AFF2227 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1AFF3027 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1AFL3016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1AFL3022 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1AFL3616 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1AFL3622 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1AHD3227. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Square ProfileFSBFM2418 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FSBL2338 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FSBR2338. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FSB2318 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FSB2918 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FSD233027 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FSD233627 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FSF2318 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FSF2918 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FSL233027 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FSL233627 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FST2318 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Flat Profile 12S1830FCBBL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112S1830FCBBR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112S1830LFU2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112S1836LFU2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112S1842LFU2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112S2415PMBBF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
12S2415PMBFCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112S2415PMFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112S2415PUBBF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112S2415PUBF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112S2415PUFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112S3015PUBBF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112S3015PUBF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112S3015PUFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Overhead StorageSquare and Radius ProfilesB2416F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1B2416H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1B2419F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1B2419H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1B3016F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1B3016H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1B3019F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1B3019H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1B3616F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1B3616H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1B3619F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1B3619H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1B4216F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1B4216H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B4219F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1B4219H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B4816F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1B4816H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B4819F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1B4819H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B6016F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B6016H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B6019F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
B6019H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B7216F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B7216H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B7219F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2B7219H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2H4839F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1H4839H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2H6039F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2H6039H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2H7239F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2H7239H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Curved ProfileS3015F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S3615F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S4215F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S4815F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S6015F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2S7215F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Bevel ProfileIF4836H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1IF6036H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2IF7236H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2IS142416R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1IS143016R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1IS143616R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1IS144216R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1IS144816R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1IS145416R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2IS146016R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2IS147216R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Flat Profile12S2416SOFMW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112S3016SOFMW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112S3616SOFMW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
12S4216SOFMW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112S4816SOFMW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112S6016SOFMW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212S7216SOFMW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Lunar Profile24S142414SOF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124S143014SOF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124S143614SOF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124S144214SOF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124S144814SOF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124S146014SOF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224S147214SOF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Vertical StorageSquare ProfileFFBL2468**KRB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2FFBL2468**KSB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2FFBL2468**XKRB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FFBL2468**XKSB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FFBR2468**KRB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2FFBR2468**KSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2FFBR2468**XKRB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FFBR2468**XKSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FFFL2468**KRB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2FFFL2468**KSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2FFFL2468**XKRB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FFFL2468**XKSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FFFR2468**KRB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2FFFR2468**KSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2FFFR2468**XKRB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FFFR2468**XKSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FFSR2468 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FFSL2468 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FFWL0668. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Model Lock Cores Required Model Lock Cores Required Model Lock Cores Required Model Lock Cores Required
Kimball Office Systems Page 478
Lock Core Requirements, continuedFootprint
Storage
FFWR0668 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FFWL2468 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FFWR2468 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FWBL2468**KRB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2FWBL2468**KSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2FWBL2468**XKRB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FWBL2468**XKSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FWBR2468**KRB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2FWBR2468**KSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2FWBR2468**XKRB . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FWBR2468**XKSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FWFL2468**KRB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2FWFL2468**KSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2FWFL2468**XKRB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FWFL2468**XKSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FWFR2468**KRB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2FWFR2468**KSB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2FWFR2468**XKRB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FWFR2468**XKSB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FWL233027 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FWL233040 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FWL233053 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FWL233627 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FWL233640 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FWL233653 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FWL2H3068**KRB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2FWL2H3068**KSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2FWL2H3068**XKRB. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FWL2H3068**XKSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FWL2H3668**KRB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2FWL2H3668**KSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2FWL2H3668**XKRB. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FWL2H3668**XKSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FWL4H3068**KRB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2FWL4H3068**KSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
FWL4H3068**XKRB. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FWL4H3068**XKSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FWL4H3668**KRB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2FWL4H3668**KSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2FWL4H3668**XKRB. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FWL4H3668**XKSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FWSL2468. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FWSR2468 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FWWL0668 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FWWR0668 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FWWL2468 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1FWWR2468 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1H1839HL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1H1839HR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1H1840HL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1H1840HR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Flat Profile12S1550VHR2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212S1550VHL2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212S1554VHL2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212S1554VHR2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212S1566VHL2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212S1566VHR2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212S2450VBWHL2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212S2450VBWHR2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212S2450VHHL2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312S2450VHHR2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312S2454VBWHL2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212S2454VBWHR2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212S2454VHHL2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312S2454VHHR2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312S2466VBWHL2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212S2466VBWHR2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212S2466VHHL2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312S2466VHHR2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Model Lock Cores Required Model Lock Cores Required
Kimball Office Systems Page 479
Square Profile Undersurface Storage18"W Pedestals
Standard:• Chassis and drawer fronts:
wood or laminate• Lock: black• Front-to-back and side-to-side
filing hardware• Unfinished back and top
Related Products:• Filler panels and pedestal
reveal stripsSee page 480.
• Filler stripsSee page 513.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
W = WoodL = Laminate
3 Pull option:A = Bar, matte blackB = Bar, silver stippleJ = Bar, carbon metallicG = Wire, matte blackH = Wire, silver stippleK = Wire, carbon metallicARC462 = Arc, cinderARC485 = Arc, dark chocolateARC501 = Arc, platinum ARC503 = Arc, satin nickelARC505 = Arc, satin bronze ARC514 = Arc, carbon metallic 65CM = Dome, carbon metallic65MB = Dome, matte black65PL = Dome, platinum65PA = Dome, polished argent65SN = Dome, satin nickel66CM = Span, carbon metallic66MB = Span, matte black66PL = Span, platinum66PA = Span, polished argent66SN = Span, satin nickel
4 Lock option:KRB = Key randomKSB = Key specific (-$21); specifylock core separately.
5 Finish price group (omit forlaminate):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Finish designator
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Product Information page 464
Lock Cores page 476
Storage GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Storage
D W H Model Wood Laminate
Box/Box/File 223⁄4" 1715⁄16" 273⁄4" FSB2318 $ 1535 $ 1196
283⁄4" FSB2918 1659 1375
File/File 223⁄4" 1715⁄16" 273⁄4" FSF2318 $ 1535 $ 1196
283⁄4" FSF2918 1659 1375
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3 4 5 6
FSB2318W 65MB KRB STD MC
Standard:• Chassis and drawer/door fronts:
wood or laminate• Lock: black• Unfinished back and top
Kimball Office Systems Page 480
Square Profile Undersurface Storage18"W Pedestals, continued
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
W = WoodL = Laminate
3 Pull option (omit for filler panel):A = Bar, matte blackB = Bar, silver stippleJ = Bar, carbon metallicG = Wire, matte blackH = Wire, silver stippleK = Wire, carbon metallicARC462 = Arc, cinderARC485 = Arc, dark chocolateARC501 = Arc, platinum ARC503 = Arc, satin nickelARC505 = Arc, satin bronze ARC514 = Arc, carbon metallic 65CM = Dome, carbon metallic65MB = Dome, matte black65PL = Dome, platinum65PA = Dome, polished argent65SN = Dome, satin nickel66CM = Span, carbon metallic66MB = Span, matte black66PL = Span, platinum66PA = Span, polished argent66SN = Span, satin nickel
4 Lock option (omit for filler panel):KRB = Key randomKSB = Key specific (-$21); specifylock core separately.
5 Finish price group (omit forlaminate):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Finish designator
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Product Information page 464
Lock Cores page 476
Storage GSA SIN 711-1
D W H Model Wood Laminate
Box/Hinged Door Door Hinged on Right
223⁄4" 1715⁄16" 383⁄16" FSBR2338 $ 1626 $ 1389
Door Hinged on Left
223⁄4" 1715⁄16" 383⁄16" FSBL2338 $ 1626 $ 1389
Related Products:D W H Model Description Wood Laminate
Filler Panels24" 243⁄16" FSFP2424 $ 423 $ 359
6" 273⁄16" FSFP0627 115 106
12" FSFP1227 237 217
18" FSFP1827 339 306
24" FSFP2427 433 390
Pedestal Reveal Strips Note: Specify model only.
2115⁄16" 3⁄16" FSR23 Set of 2; black $ 16
2715⁄16" FSR29 Set of 2; black 16
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3 4 5 6
FSBR2338W 65MB KRB STD MC
Kimball Office Systems Page 481
Square Profile Undersurface Storage30" & 36"W Pedestals
Standard:• Chassis and drawer/door fronts:
wood or laminate• Lock: black• Front-to-back and side-to-side
filing hardware in lateral file• One adjustable shelf in hinged
door pedestal (shelf is black inwood models; laminatematches exterior on laminatemodels)
• Unfinished back and top
Related Products:• Filler panels and pedestal
reveal stripsSee page 480.
• Filler stripsSee page 513.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
W = WoodL = Laminate
3 Pull option:A = Bar, matte blackB = Bar, silver stippleJ = Bar, carbon metallicG = Wire, matte blackH = Wire, silver stippleK = Wire, carbon metallicARC462 = Arc, cinderARC485 = Arc, dark chocolateARC501 = Arc, platinum ARC503 = Arc, satin nickelARC505 = Arc, satin bronze ARC514 = Arc, carbon metallic 65CM = Dome, carbon metallic65MB = Dome, matte black65PL = Dome, platinum65PA = Dome, polished argent65SN = Dome, satin nickel66CM = Span, carbon metallic66MB = Span, matte black66PL = Span, platinum66PA = Span, polished argent66SN = Span, satin nickel
4 Lock option:KRB = Key randomKSB = Key specific (-$21); specifylock core separately.
5 Finish price group (omit forlaminate):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Finish designator
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Product Information page 464
Lock Cores page 476
Storage GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Storage
D W H Model Wood Laminate
Lateral File 223⁄4" 297⁄8" 273⁄4" FSL233027 $ 2110 $ 1880
357⁄8" FSL233627 2276 2023
Hinged Door 223⁄4" 297⁄8" 273⁄4" FSD233027 $ 1652 $ 1405
357⁄8" FSD233627 1994 1704
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3 4 5 6
FSL233027W 65MB KRB STD MC
Standard:• Chassis and shelf: wood or
laminate• Unfinished back and top
Related Products:• Filler panels and pedestal
reveal stripsSee page 480.
• Filler stripsSee page 513.
Kimball Office Systems Page 482
Square Profile Undersurface Storage30" & 36"W Pedestals, continued
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
W = WoodL = Laminate
3 Finish price group (omit forlaminate):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
4 Finish designator
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3 4
FSO233027W STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Product Information page 464
Storage GSA SIN 711-1
D W H Model Wood Laminate
Open Bookcase 2115⁄16" 297⁄8" 273⁄4" FSO233027 $ 1356 $ 1191
357⁄8" FSO233627 1675 1471
Kimball Office Systems Page 483
Square Profile Undersurface StorageMobile Pedestals
Standard:• Chassis and drawer fronts:
wood or laminate• Lock: black• Front-to-back and side-to-side
filing hardware• Finished sides• Molded plastic top: black• Four non-locking casters
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
W = WoodL = Laminate
3 Pull option:A = Bar, matte blackB = Bar, silver stippleJ = Bar, carbon metallicG = Wire, matte blackH = Wire, silver stippleK = Wire, carbon metallicARC462 = Arc, cinderARC485 = Arc, dark chocolateARC501 = Arc, platinum ARC503 = Arc, satin nickelARC505 = Arc, satin bronze ARC514 = Arc, carbon metallic 65CM = Dome, carbon metallic65MB = Dome, matte black65PL = Dome, platinum65PA = Dome, polished argent65SN = Dome, satin nickel66CM = Span, carbon metallic66MB = Span, matte black66PL = Span, platinum66PA = Span, polished argent66SN = Span, satin nickel
4 Lock option:KRB = Key randomKSB = Key specific (-$21); specifylock core separately.
5 Finish price group (omit forlaminate):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Finish designator
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Product Information page 464
Lock Cores page 476
Storage GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Storage
D W H Model Wood Laminate
Mobile Box/File 231⁄8" 1715⁄16" 225⁄16" FSBFM2418 $ 1478 $ 1194
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3 4 5 6
FSBFM2418W 65MB KRB STD MC
Standard:• Chassis: wood or laminate• Drawer fronts: wood or laminate
(solid or pattern)• Lock: black• Front-to-back and side-to-side
filing hardware• Unfinished back and top
Kimball Office Systems Page 484
Radius Profile Undersurface Storage16"W Pedestals
Specifying Tips:• Specify pedestal spacer when
positioning units with waterfall orvertical pulls side-by-side to allowappropriate clearance for access.
• Pedestal reveal strips require fieldmodification for use with radiusprofile pedestals.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
W = WoodL = Laminate
3 Pull option (omit for spacers):1 = Vertical (all wood unit only)2 = Horizontal4 = Waterfall
4 Lock option (omit for spacers):KRB = Key randomKSB = Key specific (-$21); specifylock core separately.
5 Finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Finish designator7 Finish designator for laminate
chassis (include for laminatemodels only)
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3 4 5 6 7
ABBF1627L 2 KRB STD 462 462
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Product Information page 465
Lock Cores page 476
Storage GSA SIN 711-1
D W H Model Wood Laminate
Box/Box/File 157⁄8" 153⁄4" 273⁄4" ABBF1627 $ 1162 $ 835
217⁄8" ABBF2227 1293 947
293⁄16" ABBF3027 1462 1112
File/File 157⁄8" 153⁄4" 273⁄4" AFF1627 $ 1082 $ 779
217⁄8" AFF2227 1234 886
293⁄16" AFF3027 1400 1048
Related Products:D W H Model Description Wood Laminate
Pedestal Spacers19⁄16" 1" 24" APS0124 $ 24 $ 24
27" APS0127 26 26
Pedestal Reveal Strips Note: Specify model only.
217⁄8" 1" 3⁄16" FSR23 Set of 2; black $ 16
277⁄8" FSR29 Set of 2; black 16
Kimball Office Systems Page 485
Radius Profile Undersurface Storage30", 32" & 36"W Pedestals
Standard:• Chassis: wood or laminate• Drawer fronts: wood or laminate
(solid or pattern)• Lock: black• Front-to-back and side-to-side
filing hardware• Unfinished back and top• One adjustable shelf in hinged
door unit.
Related Products:• Pedestal spacers and
pedestal reveal stripsSee page 484.
• Pedestal filler stripsSee page 513.
Specifying Tips:• Specify pedestal spacer when
positioning hinged door units withwaterfall or vertical pulls side-by-side to allow appropriate clearancefor access.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
W = WoodL = Laminate
3 Pull option:1 = Vertical (all wood unit only)2 = Horizontal4 = Waterfall
4 Lock option (omit for spacers):KRB = Key randomKSB = Key specific (-$21); specifylock core separately.
5 Finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Finish designator7 Finish designator for laminate
chassis (include for laminatemodels only)
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3 4 5 6 7
AFL3016L 2 KRB STD 462 462
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Product Information page 465
Lock Cores page 476
Storage GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Storage
D W H Model Wood Laminate
Lateral File 157⁄8" 297⁄8" 273⁄4" AFL3016 $ 1819 $ 1584
357⁄8" AFL3616 1994 1776
217⁄8" 297⁄8" 273⁄4" AFL3022 2040 1850
357⁄8" AFL3622 2202 1995
Hinged Door 157⁄8" 321⁄2" 273⁄4" AHD3227 $ 1492 $ 1023
Standard:• Chassis: metal• Drawer fronts: metal • Four spacers• Lock: black• Open top
Related Products:• Pedestal filler stripsSee page 487.
• File bars for side-to-side filingSee the Perks Price List.
• Pencil traysSee the Perks Price List.
Kimball Office Systems Page 486
Flat Profile Undersurface Storage15"W Pedestals—Metal
Specifying Tips:• Not for use as standalone units.• File drawers utilize drawer sides for
front-to-back filing.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Pull option:
E = Extended ARC462 = Arc, cinder (+$15)ARC485 = Arc, dark chocolate (+$15)ARC501 = Arc, platinum (+$15)ARC503 = Arc, satin nickel (+$15)ARC505 = Arc, satin bronze (+$15) ARC514 = Arc, carbon metallic (+$15)65CM = Dome, carbon metallic (+$15)65MB = Dome, matte black (+$15)65PL = Dome, platinum (+$15)65PA = Dome, polished argent (+$15)65SN = Dome, satin nickel (+$15)66CM = Span, carbon metallic (+$15)66MB = Span, matte black (+$15)66PL = Span, platinum (+$15)66PA = Span, polished argent (+$15)66SN = Span, satin nickel (+$15)
3 Lock option:KRB = Key randomKSB = Key specific (-$21); specifylock core separately.
4 Metal finish price group:STD = Group 1STDM = Group M (+10%)
5 Metal finish designator
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3
12S2415PUBFM 65MB KRB 4 5
STD 462
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Product Information page 466
Lock Cores page 476
Storage GSA SIN 711-1
D W H Model Price
Suspended Box/File 223⁄4" 15" 191⁄4" 12S2415PUBFM $ 394
283⁄4" 12S3015PUBFM 426
Box/Box/File 223⁄4" 15" 271⁄4" 12S2415PUBBFM $ 530
283⁄4" 12S3015PUBBFM 564
File/File 223⁄4" 15" 271⁄4" 12S2415PUFFM $ 485
283⁄4" 12S3015PUFFM 518
= Kwik Office model available.See the Kwik Office Price List.
Kimball Office Systems Page 487
Flat Profile Undersurface Storage15"W Pedestals—Metal with Wood Front
Footprint
Storage GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Storage
Standard:• Chassis: metal• Drawer fronts: wood• Pulls• Four spacers• Lock: black• Open top
Related Products:• File bars for side-to-side filingSee the Perks Price List.Note: Drawer sides are utilizedfor front-to-back filing.
Specifying Tips:• If creating freestanding desks with
wood modesty and support panels,specify the worksurface to bedeeper than the pedestals. See page 466.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Pull option:
ARC462 = Arc, cinderARC485 = Arc, dark chocolateARC501 = Arc, platinum ARC503 = Arc, satin nickelARC505 = Arc, satin bronze ARC514 = Arc, carbon metallic 65CM = Dome, carbon metallic65MB = Dome, matte black65PL = Dome, platinum65PA = Dome, polished argent65SN = Dome, satin nickel66CM = Span, carbon metallic66MB = Span, matte black66PL = Span, platinum66PA = Span, polished argent66SN = Span, satin nickel
3 Lock option: KRB = Key randomKSB = Key specific (-$21); specifylock core separately.
4 Metal finish price group:STD = Group 1 STDM = M (+10%)
5 Metal finish designator 6 Wood finish price group:
STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
7 Wood finish designator
See page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Product Information page 466
Lock Cores page 476
D W H Model Price
Box/Box/File 227⁄8" 15" 271⁄4" 12S2415PUBBFMW $ 995
287⁄8" 12S3015PUBBFMW 1051
File/File 227⁄8" 15" 271⁄4" 12S2415PUFFMW $ 995
287⁄8" 12S3015PUFFMW 1051
Related Products:D W H Model Description Price
Pedestal Filler Strips Note: Specify model, metal finish price group, and metal finish designator.
11⁄4" 1" 271⁄8" IAPFSL Left-handed (shown) for Interworks EQ applications. $ 60
IAPFSR Right-handed for Interworks EQ applications. 60
15⁄8" 1" 271⁄8" IAPFST Non-handed for Traxx applications 55 D
Standard:• Chassis: metal• Drawer fronts on lateral file and
file center: metal• Four spacers• Lock on lateral file and file
center: black (locks all drawers)• Open top on lateral file and file
center; closed top on bookcase• One adjustable shelf on
bookcase
Related Products:• Pedestal filler stripsSee page 487.
• File bars for side-to-side filingSee the Perks Price List.
Kimball Office Systems Page 488
Flat Profile Undersurface Storage30", 36", and 42"W Pedestals—Metal
Specifying Tips:• Undersurface lateral files and file
centers have open tops and are not tobe used as stand-alone units.
• File center file drawers utilize drawersides for front-to-back filing.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Pull option (omit for bookcase):
E = Extended ARC462 = Arc, cinder (+$15)ARC485 = Arc, dark chocolate (+$15)ARC501 = Arc, platinum (+$15)ARC503 = Arc, satin nickel (+$15)ARC505 = Arc, satin bronze (+$15) ARC514 = Arc, carbon metallic (+$15)65CM = Dome, carbon metallic (+$15)65MB = Dome, matte black (+$15)65PL = Dome, platinum (+$15)65PA = Dome, polished argent (+$15)65SN = Dome, satin nickel (+$15)66CM = Span, carbon metallic (+$15)66MB = Span, matte black (+$15)66PL = Span, platinum (+$15)66PA = Span, polished argent (+$15)66SN = Span, satin nickel (+$15)
3 Lock option (omit for bookcase):KRB = Key randomKSB = Key specific (-$21); specifylock core separately.
4 Metal finish price group:STD = Group 1STDM = Group M (+10%)
5 Metal finish designator
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3 4 5
12S1830LFU2M E KRB STD 462
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Product Information page 466
Lock Cores page 476
Storage GSA SIN 711-1
D W H Model Price
Lateral Files 183⁄4" 30" 271⁄4" 12S1830LFU2M $ 700
36" 12S1836LFU2M 768
42" 12S1842LFU2M 876
File CentersBox/Box on Left, File Drawer on Right (shown)
183⁄4" 30" 271⁄4" 12S1830FCBBLM $ 1406
Box/Box on Right, File Drawer on Left
183⁄4" 30" 271⁄4" 12S1830FCBBRM $ 1406
Bookcases159⁄16" 2915⁄16" 271⁄4" 12S1630BCUM $ 538
3515⁄16" 12S1636BCUM 563
4115⁄16" 12S1642BCUM 655
= Kwik Office model available.See the Kwik Office Price List.
Kimball Office Systems Page 489
Flat Profile Undersurface Storage30", 36", and 42"W Pedestals—Metal with Wood Front
Standard:• Chassis: metal• Drawer fronts: wood • Pulls• Four spacers• Lock: black (locks all drawers)• Open top
Related Products:• Pedestal filler stripsSee page 487.
• File bars for side-to-side filingSee the Perks Price List.Note: Drawer sides are utilizedfor front-to-back filing.
Specifying Tips:• If creating freestanding desks with
wood modesty and support panels,specify the worksurface to bedeeper than the pedestals. See page 466.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Pull option:
ARC462 = Arc, cinderARC485 = Arc, dark chocolateARC501 = Arc, platinum ARC503 = Arc, satin nickelARC505 = Arc, satin bronze ARC514 = Arc, carbon metallic 65CM = Dome, carbon metallic65MB = Dome, matte black65PL = Dome, platinum65PA = Dome, polished argent65SN = Dome, satin nickel66CM = Span, carbon metallic66MB = Span, matte black66PL = Span, platinum66PA = Span, polished argent66SN = Span, satin nickel
3 Lock option: KRB = Key randomKSB = Key specific (-$21); specifylock core separately.
4 Metal finish price group:STD = Group 1 STDM = M (+10%)
5 Metal finish designator 6 Wood finish price group:
STD = 1 STD2 = 2 (+20%)7 Wood finish designator
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Product Information page 466
Lock Cores page 476
Storage GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Storage
D W H Model Price
Lateral File 187⁄8" 30" 271⁄4" 12S1830LFU2MW $ 1371
36" 12S1836LFU2MW 1479
42" 12S1842LFU2MW 1584
File Center Box/Box on Left, File Drawer on Right (shown)
187⁄8" 30" 271⁄4" 12S1830FCBBLMW $ 2338
Box/Box on Right, File Drawer on Left
187⁄8" 30" 271⁄4" 12S1830FCBBRMW $ 2338
Standard:• Chassis: metal• Drawer fronts: metal• Cushion on cushion top model:
all seating fabrics, exceptleather
• Lock: black • Four non-locking casters• One counterweight
Related Products:• File bars for side-to-side filingSee the Perks Price List.
Kimball Office Systems Page 490
Flat Profile Undersurface StorageMobile Pedestals—Metal
How to Specify:1 Model2 Pull option:
E = Extended ARC462 = Arc, cinder (+$15)ARC485 = Arc, dark chocolate (+$15)ARC501 = Arc, platinum (+$15)ARC503 = Arc, satin nickel (+$15)ARC505 = Arc, satin bronze (+$15) ARC514 = Arc, carbon metallic (+$15)65CM = Dome, carbon metallic (+$15)65MB = Dome, matte black (+$15)65PL = Dome, platinum (+$15)65PA = Dome, polished argent (+$15)65SN = Dome, satin nickel (+$15)66CM = Span, carbon metallic (+$15)66MB = Span, matte black (+$15)66PL = Span, platinum (+$15)66PA = Span, polished argent (+$15)66SN = Span, satin nickel (+$15)
3 Lock option:KRB = Key randomKSB = Key specific (-$21); specifylock core separately.
4 Metal finish price group:STD = Group 1STDM = Group M (+10%)
5 Metal finish designator 6 Fabric grade (include for cushion top
only)7 Fabric number (include for cushion
top only)
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3 4
12S2415PMBFCTM E KRB STD 5 6 7
462 1 10940
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Product Information page 466
Lock Cores page 476
Storage GSA SIN 711-1
Fabric Price GradeD W H Model Price 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Mobile Cushion-Top Box/File 223⁄4" 1415⁄16" 225⁄8" 12S2415PMBFCTM — $ 701 $ 716 $ 725 $ 734 $ 747 $ 761 $ 775
Mobile Box/Box/File 223⁄4" 15" 27" 12S2415PMBBFM $ 674 — — — — — — —
Mobile File/File 223⁄4" 15" 27" 12S2415PMFFM $ 634 — — — — — — —
= Kwik Office model available.See the Kwik Office Price List.
Kimball Office Systems Page 491
Flat Profile Undersurface StorageMobile Pedestals—Metal with Wood Fronts
Footprint
Storage GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Storage
Standard:• Chassis: metal• Drawer fronts: wood• Pulls• Cushion on cushion top model:
all seating fabrics, exceptleather
• Lock: black • Four non-locking casters• One counterweight
Related Products:• File bars for side-to-side filingSee the Perks Price List.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Pull option:
ARC462 = Arc, cinderARC485 = Arc, dark chocolateARC501 = Arc, platinum ARC503 = Arc, satin nickelARC505 = Arc, satin bronze ARC514 = Arc, carbon metallic 65CM = Dome, carbon metallic65MB = Dome, matte black65PL = Dome, platinum65PA = Dome, polished argent65SN = Dome, satin nickel66CM = Span, carbon metallic66MB = Span, matte black66PL = Span, platinum66PA = Span, polished argent66SN = Span, satin nickel
3 Lock option:KRB = Key randomKSB = Key specific (-$21); specifylock core separately.
4 Metal finish price group:STD = Group 1STDM = Group M (+10%)
5 Metal finish designator 6 Wood finish price group:
STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
7 Wood finish designator 8 Fabric grade (include for cushion
top only)9 Fabric number (include for cushion
top only)
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3
12S2415PMBFCTMW 66SN KRB 4 5 6 7 8 9
STD 462 STD MH 1 10940
See page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Product Information page 466
Lock Cores page 476
Fabric Price GradeD W H Model Price 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Mobile Cushion-Top Box/File 227⁄8" 1415⁄16" 225⁄8" 12S2415PMBFCTMW — $ 1357 $ 1386 $ 1404 $ 1423 $ 1449 $ 1477 $ 1505
Mobile Box/Box/File 227⁄8 " 15" 27" 12S2415PMBBFMW $ 1291 — — — — — — —
Mobile File/File 227⁄8 " 15" 27" 12S2415PMFFMW $ 1219 — — — — — — —
Kimball Office Systems Page 492
Square Profile Overhead StorageOverhead Cabinets
Standard:Flipper Door
• Chassis and door(s): wood orlaminate
• 60"W and 72"W units have twodoors and two locks; smallerunits have a one door and lock.
Hinged Door• Chassis and doors: wood or
laminate• 60"W and 72"W units have four
doors and two locks; 42"W and48"W units have three doorswith single door on right andtwo locks; smaller units havetwo doors and one lock.
Glass Front• Chassis: wood or laminate• Glass doors with metal frame:
non-locking
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must
be specified separately.See pages 504– 508.
• Ganging brackets are requiredwhen mounting side by side.See page 509.
• Not applicable for use onInterworks EQ panels.
How to Specify:Flipper Door or Hinged Door
1 Model2 Door price group:
F = Flipper H = Hinged3 Material:
W = Wood L = Laminate4 Profile: S = Square5 Pull option:
L = Waterfall N = Integrated6 Lock option:
KRB = Key random (+$56 per lock)KSB = Key specific (+$35 per lock);specify lock cores separately.X = Non-locking
7 Finish price group (omit for lam.):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Finish designator
Glass Front1 Model2 Door price group:
HG = Hinged door with glass3 Material:
W = Wood L = Laminate4 Glass door option:
8 = Linear vertical9 = Frosted
5 Frame finish price group:STD = Group 1STDM = Group M (+10%)
6 Glass door frame finish designator7 Finish price group (omit for lam.):
STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Finish designator
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Product Information page 470
Lock Cores page 476
Storage GSA SIN 711-1
Flipper Door Hinged Door Glass Front
D W H Model Wood Laminate Wood Laminate Wood Laminate
19"H161⁄8" 2315⁄16" 1811⁄16" B2419 $ 803 $ 583 $ 826 $ 641 $ 1637 $ 1289
2915⁄16" B3019 918 659 953 716 1893 1451
3515⁄16" B3619 1085 696 1164 732 2311 1620
4115⁄16" B4219 1216 866 1307 881 2595 1848
4715⁄16" B4819 1349 985 1485 1039 2944 2117
5915⁄16" B6019 1778 1225 1846 1341 3659 2757
7115⁄16" B7219 2047 1375 2202 1451 4378 3108
16"H141⁄8" 2315⁄16" 161⁄2" B2416 $ 781 $ 564 804 621 — —
2915⁄16" B3016 892 638 927 695 — —
3515⁄16" B3616 1055 672 1133 710 — —
4115⁄16" B4216 1184 840 1273 858 — —
4715⁄16" B4816 1314 959 1450 1012 — —
5915⁄16" B6016 1730 1185 1799 1301 — —
7115⁄16" B7216 1992 1331 2144 1407 — —
Standard:• Chassis: wood or laminate• Single open compartment
Kimball Office Systems Page 493
Square Profile Overhead StorageOpen Shelves
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must be
specified separately.See pages 504– 508.• Ganging brackets are required
when mounting side by side.See page 509.
• Filler panel has a square profile. Itmust be lined up with the chassis.
• Not applicable for use onInterworks EQ panels.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
W = WoodL = Laminate
3 Profile (include for filler panel only):S = Square
4 Finish price group (omit forlaminate):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
5 Finish designator
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 4 5
B2419OW STD MC
Sample (base model underlined):1 23 4 5
N0619XWS STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Product Information page 470
Storage GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Storage
D W H Model Wood Laminate
Shelves153⁄16" 2315⁄16" 1811⁄16" B2419O $ 361 $ 314
2915⁄16" B3019O 452 372
3515⁄16" B3619O 546 382
4115⁄16" B4219O 591 424
4715⁄16" B4819O 630 465
5915⁄16" B6019O 826 657
7115⁄16" B7219O 991 765
Related Products: D W H Model Wood Laminate
Filler Panels161⁄8" 6" 1811⁄16" N0619X $ 140 $ 94
12" N1219X 278 190
18" N1819X 390 268
24" N2419X 502 346
Standard:Flipper Door
• Chassis and door(s): wood orlaminate
• 60"W and 72"W units have twodoors and two locks locks;48"W units have a one door andlock (locks are black)
• Unfinished back
Hinged Door• Chassis and door(s): wood or
laminate• 60"W and 72"W units have four
doors and two locks; 48"Wunits have three doors withsingle door on right and twolocks (locks are black)
• Unfinished back
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Tackboards are
required and must be specifiedseparately.
• Specify finish panel if backs willbe exposed
• Fabric is applied railroad styleon 72"W tackboards.
• Woodgrain laminates areapplied horizontally on 72"Wfinish panel.
Related Products:• LightingSee page 521. Kimball Office Systems Page 494
Square Profile Overhead StorageHighback Organizers
How to Specify:Highback Organizer
1 Model2 Door price group:
F = Flipper H = Hinged3 Material:
W = Wood L = Laminate4 Profile: S = Square5 Pull option:
L = Waterfall N = Integrated6 Lock option:
KRB = Key random (+$56 per lock)KSB = Key specific (+$35 per lock);specify lock cores separately.X = Non-locking
7 Finish price group (omit for laminate)STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Finish designator
Sample (base model underlined):1 234 5 6 7 8
H4839F W S N X STD 462
Finish Panel1 Model2 Material:
W = Wood L = Laminate3 Finish price group (omit for laminate)
STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
4 Finish designator
Highback Tackboard1 Model2 Fabric grade3 Fabric number
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Product Information page 470
Lock Cores page 476
Storage GSA SIN 711-1 (COM Non-Contract)
Flipper Doors Hinged DoorsD W H Model Wood Laminate Wood Laminate
Highback Organizers161⁄8" 4715⁄16" 381⁄8" H4839 $ 2492 $ 2006 $ 2624 $ 2059
5915⁄16" H6039 2991 2331 3054 2448
7115⁄16" H7239 3178 2475 3327 2549
Related Products:D W H Model Wood Laminate
Finish Panel3⁄4" 4715⁄16" 381⁄8" N4839Y $ 450 $ 411
5915⁄16" N6039Y 514 497
7115⁄16" N7239Y 574 550
Panel Fabric Price GradeD W H Model A or COM B C D E
Highback Tackboard7⁄8" 461⁄4" 201⁄2" FHT4820 $ 226 $ 247 $ 262 $ 284 $ 317
581⁄4" FHT6020 246 267 282 304 337
701⁄4" FHT7220 331 386 427 485 573
Kimball Office Systems Page 495
Radius Profile Overhead StorageOverhead Cabinets
Standard:Flipper Door
• Chassis: wood or laminate• Doors: wood (will match
chassis) or laminate• 60"W and 72"W units have two
doors and two locks; smallerunits have a one door and lock(locks are black)
Hinged Door• Chassis: wood or laminate• Doors: wood (will match
chassis) or laminate• 60"W and 72"W units have four
doors and two locks; 42"W and48"W units have three doorswith single door on right andtwo locks; smaller units havetwo doors and one lock (locksare black)
Related Products:• BracketsSee pages 504– 508.
• LightingSee page 521.
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must be
specified separately.• Ganging brackets are required when
mounting side by side.• Not applicable for use on Interworks
EQ panels.• Laminate designator must be
specified for both front and chassis,even if the same.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Door price group:
F = Flipper H = Hinged3 Material:
W = Wood L = Laminate4 Profile: R = Radius5 Pull option:
L = Waterfall N = Integrated6 Lock option:
KRB = Key random (+$56 per lock)KSB = Key specific (+$35 per lock);specify lock cores separately.X = Non-locking
7 Finish price group:STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Finish designator9 Finish designator for laminate
chassis (include for laminate modelsonly)
Sample (base model underlined):1 234 5 6 7 8
B2419HLR N KRB STD 462 9
462
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Product Information page 471
Lock Cores page 476
Storage GSA SIN 711-1
Flipper Door Hinged DoorD W H Model Wood Laminate Wood Laminate
19"H161⁄8" 2315⁄16" 1811⁄16" B2419 $ 803 $ 583 $ 826 $ 641
2915⁄16" B3019 918 659 953 716
3515⁄16" B3619 1085 696 1164 732
4115⁄16" B4219 1216 866 1307 881
4715⁄16" B4819 1349 985 1485 1039
5915⁄16" B6019 1778 1225 1846 1341
7115⁄16" B7219 2047 1375 2202 1451
16"H141⁄8" 2315⁄16" 161⁄2" B2416 $ 781 $ 564 $ 804 $ 621
2915⁄16" B3016 892 638 927 695
3515⁄16" B3616 1055 672 1133 710
4115⁄16" B4216 1184 840 1273 858
4715⁄16" B4816 1314 959 1450 1012
5915⁄16" B6016 1730 1185 1799 1301
7115⁄16" B7216 1992 1331 2144 1407
Footprint Storage
Standard:Flipper Door
• Chassis: wood or laminate• Doors: wood (will match
chassis) or laminate• 60"W and 72"W units have two
doors and two locks locks;48"W units have a one door andlock (locks are black)
• Unfinished back
Hinged Door• Chassis and door(s): wood or
laminate• 60"W and 72"W units have four
doors and two locks; 48"Wunits have three doors withsingle door on right and twolocks (locks are black)
• Unfinished back
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Tackboards are
required and must be specifiedseparately.
• Not applicable for use onInterworks EQ panels.
• Specify finish panel if backs willbe exposed.
• Fabric is applied railroad styleon 72"W tackboards.
Kimball Office Systems Page 496
Radius Profile Overhead StorageHighback Organizers
How to Specify:Highback Organizer:
1 Model2 Door price group:
F = Flipper H = Hinged3 Material:
W = Wood L = Laminate4 Profile: R = Radius5 Pull option:
L = Waterfall N = Integrated6 Lock option:
KRB = Key random (+$56 per lock)KSB = Key specific (+$35 per lock);specify lock cores separately.X = Non-locking
7 Finish price group: STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Finish designator9 Finish designator for laminate
chassis (include for laminate modelsonly; specify even if same as doors)
Sample (base model underlined):1 234 5 6 7 8 9
H4839FLR L X STD 462 462
Finish Panel1 Model2 Material:
W = Wood L = Laminate3 Finish price group (omit for
laminate): STD = Group 14 Finish designator
Highback Tackboard1 Model2 Fabric grade3 Fabric number
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Product Information page 471
Lock Cores page 476
Storage GSA SIN 711-1 (COM Non-Contract)
Flipper Door Hinged DoorD W H Model Wood Laminate Wood Laminate
Highback Organizers161⁄8" 4715⁄16" 381⁄8" H4839 $ 2492 $ 1912 $ 2624 $ 1962
5915⁄16" H6039 2991 2219 3054 2331
7115⁄16" H7239 3178 2357 3327 2428
Related Products:D W H Model Wood Laminate
Finish Panels161⁄8" 4715⁄16" 381⁄8" N4839Y $ 450 $ 411
5915⁄16" N6039Y 514 497
7115⁄16" N7239Y 574 550
Panel Fabric Price GradeD W H Model A or COM B C D E
Highback Tackboards7⁄8" 461⁄4" 201⁄2" FHT4820 $ 226 $ 247 $ 262 $ 284 $ 317
581⁄4" FHT6020 246 267 282 304 337
701⁄4" FHT7220 331 386 427 485 573
Kimball Office Systems Page 497
Curved Profile Overhead StorageOverhead Cabinets
Standard:• Chassis: select solid laminates• Flipper door(s): metal; all paints
60" and 72"W models have twoindividually locking doors
• Lock(s): black
Related Products:• LightingSee page 521.
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must be
specified separately.See pages 504– 508.
• Ganging brackets are requiredwhen mounting overheads side byside.See page 509.
• Not applicable for use onInterworks EQ panels.
• 30"W overhead can be used oncrescent and hexagon mobiletables.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Lock option:
KRB = Key randomKSB = Key specific (-$21); specifylock core separately.
3 Door finish price group:STD = Group 1STDM = Group M (+10%)
4 Door finish designator5 Chassis finish designator
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3 4
S3015FMLP KRB STDM 5015
462
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Product Information page 472
Lock Cores page 476
Storage GSA SIN 711-1
D W H Model Price
Perforated Front 163⁄4" 2915⁄16" 153⁄8" S3015FMLP $ 1129
3515⁄16" S3615FMLP 1213
4115⁄16" S4215FMLP 1398
4715⁄16" S4815FMLP 1459
5915⁄16" S6015FMLP 2257
7115⁄16" S7215FMLP 2426
Non-Perforated 163⁄4" 2915⁄16" 153⁄8" S3015FMLN $ 1043
3515⁄16" S3615FMLN 1126
4115⁄16" S4215FMLN 1304
4715⁄16" S4815FMLN 1368
5915⁄16" S6015FMLN 2085
7115⁄16" S7215FMLN 2251
Footprint Storage
Kimball Office Systems Page 498
Bevel Profile Overhead StorageOverhead Cabinets
Standard:• Chassis: metal• Receding door(s): metal or
fabric covered; 24"W–48"Wunits have one receding doorand 54"W–72"W units have twoindividually locking doors.
• Lock(s): black• Cutouts for cable routing
Related Products:• LightingSee page 521.
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Product Information page 473
Lock Cores page 476
Storage GSA SIN 711-1 (COM Non-Contract)
Panel Fabric Price GradeD W H Model Paint A or COM B C D E
Painted or Panel Fabric Doors147⁄8" 233⁄4" 165⁄8" IS142416R $ 474 $ 609 $ 609 $ 622 $ 622 $ 673
293⁄4" IS143016R 484 617 617 630 630 681
353⁄4" IS143616R 514 645 645 658 658 709
413⁄4" IS144216R 529 674 674 687 687 738
473⁄4" IS144816R 545 713 713 725 725 777
533⁄4" IS145416R 686 795 795 820 820 923
593⁄4" IS146016R 761 866 866 891 891 994
713⁄4" IS147216R 865 967 967 992 992 1095
Seating Fabric Price GradeD W H Model 1 or COM 2 3 4 5 6 7
Seating Fabric Doors147⁄8" 233⁄4" 165⁄8" IS142416R $ 631 $ 638 $ 656 $ 675 $ 701 $ 729 $ 757
293⁄4" IS143016R 639 646 664 683 709 737 765
353⁄4" IS143616R 667 674 692 711 737 765 793
413⁄4" IS144216R 696 703 721 740 766 794 822
473⁄4" IS144816R 735 742 760 779 805 833 861
533⁄4" IS145416R 839 824 842 861 887 915 943
593⁄4" IS146016R 910 895 913 932 958 986 1014
713⁄4" IS147216R 1011 996 1014 1033 1059 1087 1115
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must be
specified separately.See pages 504– 508.Exception: No additional bracketryis required when hanging bevelprofile overheads on Interworks EQpanels.
• Ganging brackets should bespecified when hanging overheadsside by side.See page 509.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
P = Paint NP = Fabric door/paint chassis
3 Lock option:KRB = Key randomKSB = Key specific (-$21); specifylock core separately.
4 Railroaded fabric option (includefor fabric model only):Y = Yes N = No
5 Fabric grade (omit for painted unit)6 Fabric number (omit for painted unit)7 Finish price group:
STD = Group 1STDM = Group M (+10%)
8 Finish designator
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3 4 5 6
IS142416RNP KRB N B 22027 8
STDM 501
= Kwik Office model available.See the Kwik Office Price List.
Standard:• Chassis: metal• Cutouts for cable routing
Related Products:• LightingSee page 521.
Kimball Office Systems Page 499
Bevel Profile Overhead StorageOverhead Shelves
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must be
specified separately.See pages 504– 508.Exception: No additional bracketryis required when hanging bevelprofile overheads on Interworks EQpanels.
• Ganging brackets must bespecified when hanging overheadsside by side.See page 509.
• Half-height shelves are for use withInterworks EQ panels only.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Finish price group:
STD = Group 1STDM = Group M (+10%)
3 Finish designator
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3
IS142409OS STDM 501
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Product Information page 473
Storage GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Storage
D W H Model Price
Half Height 147⁄8" 233⁄4" 87⁄8" IS142409OS $ 173
293⁄4" IS143009OS 183
353⁄4" IS143609OS 197
413⁄4" IS144209OS 202
473⁄4" IS144809OS 208
533⁄4" IS145409OS 217
593⁄4" IS146009OS 226
713⁄4" IS147209OS 239
Full Height 147⁄8" 233⁄4" 165⁄8" IS142416OS $ 342
293⁄4" IS143016OS 349
353⁄4" IS143616OS 358
413⁄4" IS144216OS 367
473⁄4" IS144816OS 373
533⁄4" IS145416OS 387
593⁄4" IS146016OS 404
713⁄4" IS147216OS 422
= Kwik Office model available.See the Kwik Office Price List.
Kimball Office Systems Page 500
Bevel Profile Overhead StorageHighback Organizers
Standard:• Chassis: metal• Receding door(s): metal or
fabric covered; 48"W units haveone door and 60"W–72"W unitshave two individually lockingdoors.
• Lock(s): black• Back panel• Cutouts for cable routing
Specifying Tips:• Highback must be the same
width as freestandingrectangular unit.
• Panel fabric is applied railroadstyle to 72"W highbacktackboards; seating fabric isapplied railroad style to 60"Wand 72"W highback tackboards.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
P = PaintNP = Fabric door/paint chassis
3 Lock option:KRB = Key randomKSB = Key specific (-$21); specifylock core separately.
4 Railroaded fabric option (includefor fabric model only):Y = YesN = No
5 Fabric grade (omit for painted unit)
6 Fabric number (omit for painted unit)
7 Finish price group:STD = Group 1STDM = Group M (+10%)
8 Finish designator
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3 4 5 6
IF4836HNP KRB Y B 22027 8
STD 462
Highback Tackboard1 Model2 Railroad fabric option:
Y = Yes N = NoNote: Y must be specified for72"W tackboards in panel orseating fabric and 60"Wtackboards in seating fabric.
3 Fabric grade4 Fabric number
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Product Information page 473
Lock Cores page 476
Storage GSA SIN 711-1 (COM Non-Contract)
Panel Fabric Price GradeD W H Model Paint A or COM B C D E
Highback Organizer with Painted or Panel Fabric Doors15" 473⁄4" 371⁄8" IF4836H $ 1052 $ 1195 $ 1195 $ 1208 $ 1208 $ 1259
593⁄4" IF6036H 1285 1426 1426 1451 1451 1554
713⁄4" IF7236H 1522 1665 1665 1690 1690 1793
Highback Tackboard with Panel Fabric1⁄2" 441⁄4" 193⁄4" IF4821T — $ 246 $ 246 $ 263 $ 263 $ 332
561⁄4" IF6021T — 272 272 314 314 486
681⁄4" IF7221T — 354 354 402 402 600
Seating Fabric Price GradeD W H Model 1 or COM 2 3 4 5 6 7
Highback Organizer with Seating Fabric Doors15" 473⁄4" 371⁄8" IF4836H $ 1217 $ 1224 $ 1242 $ 1261 $ 1287 $ 1315 $ 1343
593⁄4" IF6036H 1470 1455 1473 1492 1518 1546 1574
713⁄4" IF7236H 1709 1694 1712 1731 1757 1785 1813
Highback Tackboard with Seating Fabric 1⁄2" 441⁄4" 193⁄4" IF4821T $ 274 $ 275 $ 293 $ 312 $ 338 — —
561⁄4" IF6021T 344 301 301 338 364 — —
681⁄4" IF7221T 438 383 383 420 446 — —
Kimball Office Systems Page 501
Footprint
Storage GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Storage
Flat Profile Overhead StorageOverhead Cabinets—Metal with Wood Front
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must be
specified separately.See pages 504– 508.Exception: No additional bracketryis required when hanging flatprofile overheads on Interworks EQpanels.
• Ganging brackets should bespecified when hanging overheadsside by side.See page 509.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Pull option:
N = Integrated3 Lock option:
KRB = Key randomKSB = Key specific (-$21); specifylock core separately.
4 Chassis finish price group:STD = Group 1STDM = Group M (+10%)
5 Finish designator6 Door finish price group:
STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
7 Finish designator
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3 4
12S2416SOFMW N KRB STD 5 6 7
403 STD MC
See page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Product Information page 473
Lock Cores page 476
D W H Model Price
Flipper Door15" 233⁄4" 165⁄8" 12S2416SOFMW $ 724
293⁄4" 12S3016SOFMW 827
353⁄4" 12S3616SOFMW 978
413⁄4" 12S4216SOFMW 1096
473⁄4" 12S4816SOFMW 1217
593⁄4" 12S6016SOFMW 1603
713⁄4" 12S7216SOFMW 1845
Standard:• Chassis: metal• Door(s): wood; 24"W–48"W
units have one flipper door and60"W–72"W units have twoindividually locking flipper doors.
• Lock(s): black• Cutouts for cable routing
Related Products:• LightingSee page 521.
Standard:• Chassis: metal• Xsite/Traxx panel mounting
bracket• Center divider
Kimball Office Systems Page 502
Flat Profile Overhead StorageCubby Storage—Metal
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: For use on Xsite
Traxx or wall Traxx only. Notapplicable for use on InterworksEQ or Cetra panels.
• Ganging bracket is required whenmounting cubbies side by side.
Related Products:• Ganging bracketsSee page 509.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Finish price group:
STD = Group 1STDM = Group M (+10%)
3 Finish designator
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3
12S4807SMCXP STD 403
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Product Information page 473
Storage GSA SIN 711-1
Interior StorageD W H H Model Price
Cubby Storage12" 473⁄4" 615⁄16" 415⁄16" 12S4807SMCXP $ 518
593⁄4" 12S6007SMCXP 724
713⁄4" 12S7207SMCXP 822
Standard:• Chassis and doors: metal;
select paints• Flipper door(s): 48"W units have
one door and 60"W–72"W unitshave two individually lockingdoors.
• Lock(s): black
Related Products:• LightingSee page 521.
Kimball Office Systems Page 503
Lunar Profile Overhead StorageOverhead Cabinets
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must be
specified separately.See pages 504– 508.• Ganging brackets are required
when mounting overheads side byside.See page 509.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Lock option:
KRB = Key randomKSB = Key specific (-$21); specifylock core separately.
3 Finish price group:STD = Group 1STDM = Group M (+10%)
4 Finish designator
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3
24S142414SOFM KRB STD 4
462
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Product Information page 473
Lock Cores page 476
Storage GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Storage
D W H Model Price
Flipper Door1415⁄16" 233⁄4" 143⁄8" 24S142414SOFM $ 372
293⁄4" 24S143014SOFM 393
353⁄4" 24S143614SOFM 423
413⁄4" 24S144214SOFM 438
473⁄4" 24S144814SOFM 463
593⁄4" 24S146014SOFM 598
713⁄4" 24S147214SOFM 765
Kimball Office Systems Page 504
Overhead Mounting BracketsFor Use with Xsite
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must bespecified separately.
• Specify the appropriate bracket orbracket kit based on the profile ofthe overhead storage unit.
How to Specify:Square, Radius, or CurvedProfile Overhead Bracket
1 Model
Flat and Bevel ProfileOverhead Bracket Kit orLunar Profile OverheadBracket
1 Model2 Finish price group:
STD = Group 1STDM = Group M (+10%)
3 Finish designator
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3
IS24XOHBKIT STD 462
Footprint➤See page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 463
Storage GSA SIN 711-1
Model Description Price
Square, Radius, and Curved Profile Overhead BracketFBOTS Single bracket; Cinder $ 14
Specify two brackets per 24"–48" W overhead;specify four brackets per 60"–72" W overhead.
Flat and Bevel Profile Overhead Bracket KitIS24XOHBKIT Used with 24"W overheads; specify one kit per overhead. $ 55
IS30XOHBKIT Used with 30"W overheads; specify one kit per overhead. 60
IS36XOHBKIT Used with 36"W overheads; specify one kit per overhead. 61
IS42XOHBKIT Used with 42"W overheads; specify one kit per overhead. 62
IS48XOHBKIT Used with 48"W overheads; specify one kit per overhead. 63
IS54XOHBKIT Used with 54"W overheads; specify one kit per overhead. 64
IS60XOHBKIT Used with 60"W overheads; specify one kit per overhead. 66
IS72XOHBKIT Used with 72"W overheads; specify one kit per overhead. 70
Lunar Profile Overhead Bracket24STXOHB Set of two; specify one set per 24"–48"W overhead. $ 31
24STXOHB3 Set of three; specify one set per 60"–72"W overhead. 49
Related Products:• Ganging bracketsSee page 509.
Kimball Office Systems Page 505
Overhead Mounting BracketsFor Use with Cetra Panels
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must be
specified separately. Specifyadditional bracket when using 72"Wsquare, radius, or curved profileoverheads on Cetra panels.
• IMPORTANT: Ganging brackets arerequired when mounting square andradius profile overheads on Cetrapanels. When using gangingbrackets for side-by-side square,radius or curved profile overheadsmounted on Cetra panels, the insideleft and right brackets are replacedby the ganging bracket.
• IMPORTANT: Black transactionshelf brackets are included asstandard with transaction counters.Only order transaction shelf bracketmodels at left if you want them in adifferent paint color.
How to Specify:Square, Radius, and CurvedProfile Overhead Brackets
1 Model
Other Brackets on this Page1 Model2 Finish price group:
STD = Group 1STDM = Group M (+10%)
3 Finish designator
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3
ISBRKC STDM 501
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 463
Storage GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Storage
D W H Model Description Price
Square, Radius, and Curved Profile Overhead Brackets111⁄16" 25⁄16" 45⁄8" ASBL Left bracket; black. (shown) $ 12
ASBR Right bracket; black 12
Flat and Bevel Profile Overhead Bracket2" 3⁄4" 16" ISBRKC Set of 2; one right and one left. $ 27
One set required per overhead
Lunar Profile Overhead Bracket11⁄4" 1" 131⁄2 24SCIWOHB Set of 2; one set required per overhead $ 26
Transaction Shelf Brackets (optional)Right Hand
ABFSR2 For use with wood or laminate transaction shelf. $ 22 Specify one right and one left for each shelf.For shelves larger than 60"W, specify an additionalleft- or right-hand bracket for center support.
Left Hand (shown)
ABFSL2 For use with wood or laminate transaction shelf. $ 22 Specify one right and one left for each shelf.For shelves larger than 60"W, specify an additionalleft- or right-hand bracket for center support.
Options:Description How to Specify Add/Deduct $
Metallic paint on bevel overhead bracket Specify STDM for finish price group and metallic finish designator +10%
Platinum metallic paint on lunar profile Specify STDM for finish price group and 501 for finish +10%overhead bracket designator
= Kwik Office model available.See the Kwik Office Price List.
Kimball Office Systems Page 506
Overhead Mounting BracketsFor Use with Interworks EQ Panels and Wall Standards
Related Products:• Ganging bracketsSee page 509.
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must be
specified separately.• Additional brackets are not
required when mounting bevelprofile overheads on Interworks EQpanels.
• Square, radius, and curved profileoverheads are not available for useon Interworks EQ panels.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Finish price group:
STD = Group 1STDM = Group M (+10%)
3 Finish designator
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3
24SCIWOHB STD 462
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 463
Storage GSA SIN 711-1
D W H Model Description Price
Lunar Profile Overhead Bracket11⁄4" 1" 131⁄2 24SCIWOHB Set of 2; one set required per overhead $ 26
Related Products:• Ganging bracketsSee page 509.
Kimball Office Systems Page 507
Overhead Mounting BracketsFor Use with Traxx Applications
Specifying Tips:• IMPORTANT: Brackets must be
specified separately.• Specify the appropriate bracket or
bracket kit based on the profile ofthe overhead storage unit.
How to Specify:Square, Radius, or Curved, Profile Overhead Brackets
1 Model
Flat and Bevel OverheadBrackets or Lunar ProfileOverhead Brackets
1 Model2 Finish price group:
STD = Group 1STDM = Group M (+10%)
3 Finish designator
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3
ISBRKT STDM 501
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 463
Storage GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Storage
Model Description Price
Square, Radius, and Curved Profile Overhead BracketsFBOTS Single bracket; Cinder
Specify two brackets for use with 24"W to 48"W overheads; $ 14 specify four brackets for use with 60"W to 72"W overheads.
Flat and Bevel Profile Overhead BracketsISBRKT Set of two; one set required per overhead. $ 32
Lunar Profile Overhead Bracket24STXOHB Set of two; specify one set per 24"–48"W overhead. $ 31
24STXOHB3 Set of three; specify one set per 60"–72"W overhead. 49
= Kwik Office model available.See the Kwik Office Price List.
Kimball Office Systems Page 508
Overhead Mounting BracketsFor Wall Mount and Freestanding Applications
Specifying Tips:• Specify wall standards to mount
bevel profile overhead storage onlyto wall.
• IMPORTANT: Maximum of twocomponents per each set of wallstandards, not to exceed 150pounds. Blocking and bearing onfloor is recommended.
• Specify appropriate Traxx mountbracket for type of overhead whenTraxx mounting overheads.
How to Specify:Traxx, Traxx Spacers for usewith Radius, Square, orCurved Profile Overheads,and Freestanding Kit
1 Model
Wall Standards and TraxxSpacers for use with Bevel,Flat, or Lunar ProfileOverheads
1 Model2 Finish price group:
STD = Group 1STDM = Group M (+10%)
3 Finish designator
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3
WT62 STD 462
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 463
Storage GSA SIN 711-1
D W H Model Description Price
TraxxTTXT721 One 72"L section of Traxx; Cinder finish. $ 135
Specify when wall-mounting overheads.
Traxx SpacersFor use with Radius, Square, and Curved Profile Overhead Storage Units
5⁄8" 7113⁄16" 1" TTBS72 One 72"L section; black. $ 24
For use with Bevel and Flat Profile Overhead Storage Units
1⁄2" 33⁄8" 141⁄8" ISBRKTSO Set of 2; one set required per overhead. $ 63
For use with Lunar Profile Overhead Storage Units
1⁄2" 33⁄8" 12" 24STXOHSO Set of 2; one set required per overhead. $ 65
Freestanding KitFBOFS Specify when spanning overheads between two $ 51
vertical storage units; Cinder finish.
Wall Standards3⁄4" 3⁄4" 577⁄8" WT62 Corresponds to Interworks EQ 62"H panel. Set of two. $ 120
617⁄8" WT66 Corresponds to Interworks EQ 66"H panel. Set of two. 134
757⁄8" WT80 Corresponds to Xsite, Cetra, or Interworks EQ 80"H panel. 190 Set of two.
= Kwik Office model available.See the Kwik Office Price List.
TTBS72
ISBRKTSO24STXOHSO
Kimball Office Systems Page 509
Overhead Ganging Brackets
Specifying Tips:• Specify ganging brackets for
additional stability when mountingoverheads side by side.
• IMPORTANT: Ganging bracketsare required when mountingsquare, radius, curved, and beveloverheads side by side and forlunar overheads when mounting onXsite or Traxx.
• When using ganging brackets forside-by-side square, radius orcurved profile overheads mountedon Cetra panels, the inside left andright brackets are replaced by theganging bracket.
How to Specify:Ganging Brackets for Square,Radius, Flat, or Bevel ProfileOverhead Storage
1 Model
Ganging Bracket for LunarProfile Overhead Storage orFlat Profile Cubby Storage
1 Model2 Finish price group:
STD = Group 1STDM = Group M (+10%)
3 Finish designator
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3
24SGB STDM 501
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Overview page 463
Storage GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Storage
Model Description Price
Square, Radius, and Curved Profile Overhead Ganging BracketASBG For use when mounting overheads side by side $ 38
on Cetra.
FSTG For use when mounting overheads side by side $ 32 on Xsite or Traxx.
Flat and Bevel Profile Overhead Ganging BracketsIBSC Set of 4; for use when mounting overheads side by side on Xsite, Cetra, $ 25
Interworks EQ, or Traxx. Designed to accommodate the Cetra and Interworks EQpanel reveal. Shims (not furnished) may be required for Traxx or Xsite applications.
Flat Profile Cubby Storage Ganging Brackets12SGB For use when mounting cubbies side by side on Xsite. $ 14
Lunar Profile Overhead Ganging Bracket24SGB For use when mounting overheads side by side $ 30
on Xsite or Traxx.
= Kwik Office model available.See the Kwik Office Price List.
Kimball Office Systems Page 510
Square Profile Vertical StorageBookcases
Standard:• Bookcase: wood or laminate• 3⁄4" thick shelves• Unfinished back
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
W = WoodL = Laminate
3 Finish price group (omit forlaminate):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
4 Finish designator
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3 4
ABC3042W STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Product Information page 474
Storage GSA SIN 711-1
D W H Model Wood Laminate
Three Shelves13" 30" 42" ABC3042 $ 1222 $ 973
36" ABC3642 1498 1249
Four Shelves13" 30" 5429⁄32" ABC3056 $ 1480 $ 1175
36" ABC3656 1756 1451
Five Shelves13" 30" 671⁄2" ABC3068 $ 1727 $ 1378
36" ABC3668 2004 1656
A = adjustable shelf
Standard:• Chassis: wood or laminate• Unfinished back
Kimball Office Systems Page 511
Square Profile Vertical StorageShort Storage Cabinets
Specifying Tips:• Specify short storage finish panel
when the back of the unit isexposed.
• When using 13⁄16" thickworksurfaces, you must useH1840 models if aligning shortstorage units with overheads orfreestanding vertical storage units.
How to Specify:Short Storage Units and Finish Panels:
1 Model2 Material:
W = WoodL = Laminate
3 Profile (omit for finish panel):S = Square
4 Lock option (omit for finish panel):KRB = Key random (+$56 perlock)KSB = Key specific (+$35 perlock); specify lock coresseparately.X = No lock
5 Finish price group (omit forlaminate):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Finish designator
Sample (base model underlined):1 23 4 5 6
H1839HRLS X STD 462
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Product Information page 474
Lock Cores page 476
Storage GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Storage
D W H Model Description Wood Laminate
Short Storage CabinetDoor Hinged on Right
1513⁄16" 1715⁄16" 381⁄8" H1839HR For use with 19⁄16" worksurfaces $ 1680 $ 1397
381⁄2" H1840HR For use with 13⁄16" worksurfaces 1680 1397
Door Hinged on Left
1513⁄16" 1715⁄16" 381⁄8" H1839HL For use with 19⁄16" worksurfaces $ 1680 $ 1397
381⁄2" H1840HL For use with 13⁄16" worksurfaces 1680 1397
Related Products:
Short Storage Finish Panel Note: For field installation.
For Use with H1839 Model Short Storage Cabinets
3⁄4" 18" 381⁄8" N1839Y $ 421 $ 385
Kimball Office Systems Page 512
Square Profile Vertical StorageLateral Files
Standard:• Chassis and drawer fronts:
wood or laminate• Unfinished top and back.• Locks; black
Specifying Tips:• For finished top, specify single
rim worksurface.• Specify a lateral file finish panel
when the back of unit isexposed.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
W = Wood L = Laminate3 Pull option (omit for finish panel):
A = Bar, matte blackB = Bar, silver stippleJ = Bar, carbon metallicG = Wire, matte blackH = Wire, silver stippleK = Wire, carbon metallicARC462 = Arc, cinderARC485 = Arc, dark chocolateARC501 = Arc, platinum ARC503 = Arc, satin nickelARC505 = Arc, satin bronze ARC514 = Arc, carbon metallic 65CM = Dome, carbon metallic65MB = Dome, matte black65PL = Dome, platinum65PA = Dome, polished argent65SN = Dome, satin nickel66CM = Span, carbon metallic66MB = Span, matte black66PL = Span, platinum66PA = Span, polished argent66SN = Span, satin nickel
4 Lock option (omit for finish panel):KRB = Key randomKSB = Key specific (-$21); specifylock core separately.
5 Finish price group (omit forlaminate)STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Finish designator
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3 4 5 6
FWL233027W A KRB STD MC
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Product Information page 474
Lock Cores page 476
Storage GSA SIN 711-1
D W H Model Wood Laminate
Two Drawers223⁄4" 297⁄8" 273⁄4" FWL233027 $ 2075 $ 1770
357⁄8" FWL233627 2350 2047
Three Drawers223⁄4" 297⁄8" 403⁄4" FWL233040 $ 2857 $ 2486
357⁄8" FWL233640 3136 2760
Four Drawers223⁄4" 297⁄8" 533⁄4" FWL233053 $ 3293 $ 2676
357⁄8" FWL233653 3568 2949
Related Products:
D W H Model Wood Laminate
Finish Panel Note: For field installation.
1" 297⁄8" 273⁄16" FFP3027 $ 267 $ 223
403⁄16" FFP3040 346 305
533⁄16" FFP3053 450 435
673⁄16" FFP3068 625 598
1" 357⁄8" 273⁄16" FFP3627 294 265
403⁄16" FFP3640 375 346
533⁄16" FFP3653 465 462
673⁄16" FFP3668 639 625
Standard:• Chassis: wood or laminate• Lock: black (standard on
drawers; optional on hingeddoors)
• Two adjustable shelves in thetwo-drawer model.
Specifying Tips:• Specify lateral file filler strip
when side of unit is exposed orto fill the space when finishpanel is not used.
• Specify lateral file finish panelwhen the back of the unit isexposed.See page 512.
Kimball Office Systems Page 513
Square Profile Vertical StorageLateral Files with Hinged Door Storage
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material: W = Wood L = Laminate3 Pull option (omit for finish panel):
A = Bar, matte blackB = Bar, silver stippleJ = Bar, carbon metallicG = Wire, matte blackH = Wire, silver stippleK = Wire, carbon metallicARC462 = Arc, cinderARC485 = Arc, dark chocolateARC501 = Arc, platinum ARC503 = Arc, satin nickelARC505 = Arc, satin bronze ARC514 = Arc, carbon metallic 65CM = Dome, carbon metallic65MB = Dome, matte black65PL = Dome, platinum65PA = Dome, polished argent65SN = Dome, satin nickel66CM = Span, carbon metallic66MB = Span, matte black66PL = Span, platinum66PA = Span, polished argent66SN = Span, satin nickel
4 Lock option: KRB = Key random both doors and drawers (+$56)KSB = Key specific both doors and drawers (+$14); specify twolock cores separatelyXKRB = Non-locking door, keyrandom locking drawers XKSB = Non-locking door, keyspecific locking drawers (-$21);specify lock core separately
5 Finish price group (omit for lam):STD = 1 STD2 = 2 (+20%)
6 Finish designator
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Product Information page 474
Lock Cores page 476
Storage GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Storage
D W H Model Wood Laminate
Two Drawers and Hinged Doors223⁄4" 297⁄8" 671⁄2" FWL2H3068 $ 4398 $ 2870
357⁄8" FWL2H3668 4579 3216
Four Drawers and Hinged Doors223⁄4" 297⁄8" 671⁄2" FWL4H3068 $ 4211 $ 3145
357⁄8" FWL4H3668 4372 3489
Related Products:
D W H Model Wood Laminate
Filler Strip Note: For field installation.
1" 19⁄16" 273⁄16" FFFS0127 $ 35 $ 26
403⁄16" FFFS0140 50 35
533⁄16" FFFS0153 66 46
673⁄16" FFFS0168 83 60
Kimball Office Systems Page 514
Square Profile Vertical StorageStorage Cabinets
Standard:• Chassis: wood or laminate• Lock: black (standard on
drawers; optional on hingeddoors)
Specifying Tips:• Specify filler panel to fill in space
between last storage cabinetand wall or panel.See page 515.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material: W = Wood L = Laminate3 Pull option (omit for finish panel):
A = Bar, matte blackB = Bar, silver stippleJ = Bar, carbon metallicG = Wire, matte blackH = Wire, silver stippleK = Wire, carbon metallicARC462 = Arc, cinderARC485 = Arc, dark chocolateARC501 = Arc, platinum ARC503 = Arc, satin nickelARC505 = Arc, satin bronze ARC514 = Arc, carbon metallic 65CM = Dome, carbon metallic65MB = Dome, matte black65PL = Dome, platinum65PA = Dome, polished argent65SN = Dome, satin nickel66CM = Span, carbon metallic66MB = Span, matte black66PL = Span, platinum66PA = Span, polished argent66SN = Span, satin nickel
4 Lock option: KRB = Key random (+$56)KSB = Key specific (+$35 for five-shelf; +$14 for BBF or FF); specifytwo lock cores separatelyXKRB = Non-locking door, keyrandom locking drawers (applies tocabinets with drawers only)XKSB = Non-locking door, keyspecific locking drawers (-$21, appliesto cabinets with drawers only) X = Non-locking door (applies tocabinet with shelves only)
5 Finish price group (omit for lam):STD = 1 STD2 = 2 (+20%)
6 Finish designator
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Product Information page 474
Lock Cores page 476
Storage GSA SIN 711-1
D W H Model Description Wood Laminate
Box/Box/File Below Note: Two adjustable shelves; bottom shelf is fixed.
Door Hinged on Right
237⁄8" 1715⁄16" 671⁄2" FFBR2468 Finished back $ 4185 $ 3703
FWBR2468 Unfinished back 3728 3354
Door Hinged on Left
237⁄8" 1715⁄16" 671⁄2" FFBL2468 Finished back $ 4185 $ 3703
FWBL2468 Unfinished back 3728 3354
File/File Below Note: Two adjustable shelves; bottom shelf is fixed.
Door Hinged on Right
237⁄8" 1715⁄16" 671⁄2" FFFR2468 Finished back $ 4185 $ 3703
FWFR2468 Unfinished back 3728 3354
Door Hinged on Left
237⁄8" 1715⁄16" 671⁄2" FFFL2468 Finished back $ 4185 $ 3703
FWFL2468 Unfinished back 3728 3354
Five Shelves Note: Three shelves are adjustable; third and bottom shelves are fixed.
Door Hinged on Right
237⁄8" 1715⁄16" 671⁄2" FFSR2468 Finished back $ 3692 $ 3321
FWSR2468 Unfinished back 3242 2920
Door Hinged on Left
237⁄8" 1715⁄16" 671⁄2" FFSL2468 Finished back $ 3692 $ 3321
FWSL2468 Unfinished back 3242 2920
Standard:Wardrobe
• Chassis and front: wood orlaminate
• Hanging bar • Adjustable shelf in 18"W model
Filler Panel• Face and top: wood or select
laminates
Kimball Office Systems Page 515
Square Profile Vertical StorageWardrobes
Specifying Tips:• Specify storage cabinet filler panel
to fill in space between laststorage cabinet and wall or panel.
• 6"W wardrobe is not freestandingand must be attached to adjacentstorage or wall.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Material:
W = WoodL = Laminate
3 Lock option (omit for filler panel):KRB = Key random (+$56);specify lock core separatelyKSB = Key specific (+$35); specify lock core separatelyX = No lock
4 Finish price group (omit forlaminate):STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
5 Finish designator
Sample (base model underlined):Wardrobe
1 2 3 4 5
FFWR2468W X STD MC
Filler Panel1 2 5
FSFP0668L 462
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Product Information page 474
Lock Cores page 476
Storage GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Storage
D W H Model Description Wood Laminate
18"W WardrobeDoor Hinged on Right
237⁄8" 1715⁄16" 671⁄2" FFWR2468 Finished back $ 3538 $ 3187
FWWR2468 Unfinished back 3091 2781
Door Hinged on Left
237⁄8" 1715⁄16" 671⁄2" FFWL2468 Finished back $ 3538 $ 3187
FWWL2468 Unfinished back 3091 2781
6"W WardrobesDoor Hinged on Right
237⁄8" 61⁄4" 671⁄2" FFWR0668 Finished back $ 2479 $ 2228
FWWR0668 Unfinished back 2162 1945
Door Hinged on Left
237⁄8" 61⁄4" 671⁄2" FFWL0668 Finished back $ 2479 $ 2228
FWWL0668 Unfinished back 2162 1945
Related Products:
Filler Panels237⁄8" 6" 6615⁄16" FSFP0668 $ 118 108
12" FSFP1268 242 224
18" FSFP1868 345 316
24" FSFP2468 441 404
Kimball Office Systems Page 516
Flat Profile Vertical StorageBookcases
Standard:• Chassis and shelves: metal; all
paints• Enclosed back
Specifying Tips:• 491⁄16"H models will align with
3.5-high Xsite frames and arecompatible with 50"H Cetrapanels.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Finish price group:
STD = Group 1STDM = Group M (+10%)
3 Finish designator
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3
12S3630BCO STD 462
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Product Information page 475
Lock Cores page 476
Storage GSA SIN 711-1
D W H Model Description Price
Two Shelves159⁄16" 3515⁄16" 2915⁄16" 12S3630BCO Includes one adjustable shelf $ 565
Three Shelves 159⁄16" 3515⁄16" 4115⁄16" (shown) 12S3642BCO Includes two adjustable shelves $ 731
159⁄16" 3515⁄16" 491⁄16" 12S3650BCO 805
Four Shelves159⁄16" 3515⁄16" 5315⁄16" 12S3654BCO Includes three adjustable shelves $ 868
Five Shelves159⁄16" 3515⁄16" 6515⁄16" 12S3666BCO Includes four adjustable shelves $ 1021
Standard:• Chassis: metal; all paints• Door and drawer fronts: metal• Two locks: black• One adjustable shelf in 50"H
and 54”H models; twoadjustable shelves in 66"Hmodel
Related Products:• File bars for side-to-side filingSee the Perks Price List.
Kimball Office Systems Page 517
Flat Profile Vertical Storage15"W Storage Towers—Metal
Specifying Tips:• 491⁄16"H models will align with
3.5-high Xsite frames and arecompatible with 50"H Cetra panels.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Pull option:
E = ExtendedARC462 = Arc, cinder (+$15)ARC485 = Arc, dark chocolate (+$15)ARC501 = Arc, platinum (+$15)ARC503 = Arc, satin nickel (+$15)ARC505 = Arc, satin bronze (+$15) ARC514 = Arc, carbon metallic (+$15) 65CM = Dome, carbon metallic (+$15)65MB = Dome, matte black (+$15)65PL = Dome, platinum (+$15)65PA = Dome, polished argent (+$15)65SN = Dome, satin nickel (+$15)65CM = Span, carbon metallic (+$15)66MB = Span, matte black (+$15)66PL = Span, platinum (+$15)66PA = Span, polished argent (+$15)66SN = Span, satin nickel (+$15)
3 Lock option:KRB = Key random KSB = Key specific (-$42); specify 2lock cores separately
4 Metal finish price group:STD = Group 1STDM = Group M (+10%)
5 Metal finish designator
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3
12S1554VHR2M E KRB4 5
STD 462
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Product Information page 475
Lock Cores page 476
Storage GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Storage
D W H Model Price
Door Hinged on Right, File/File Below237⁄8" 1415⁄16" 491⁄16" 12S1550VHR2M $ 1171
5315⁄16" 12S1554VHR2M 1232
6515⁄16" 12S1566VHR2M 1292
Door Hinged on Left, File/File Below237⁄8" 1415⁄16" 491⁄16" 12S1550VHL2M $ 1171
5315⁄16" 12S1554VHL2M 1232
6515⁄16" 12S1566VHL2M 1292
Kimball Office Systems Page 518
Flat Profile Vertical Storage15"W Storage Towers—Metal with Wood Front
Standard:• Chassis: metal• Door/drawer fronts: wood • Pulls• Two locks: black• One adjustable shelf in 50"H
and 54”H models; twoadjustable shelves in 66"Hmodel
Related Products:• File bars for side-to-side filingSee the Perks Price List.
Specifying Tips:• 491⁄16"H models will align with
3.5-high Xsite frames and arecompatible with 50"H Cetrapanels.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Pull option:
ARC462 = Arc, cinderARC485 = Arc, dark chocolateARC501 = Arc, platinum ARC503 = Arc, satin nickelARC505 = Arc, satin bronze ARC514 = Arc, carbon metallic 65CM = Dome, carbon metallic65MB = Dome, matte black65PL = Dome, platinum65PA = Dome, polished argent65SN = Dome, satin nickel66CM = Span, carbon metallic66MB = Span, matte black66PL = Span, platinum66PA = Span, polished argent66SN = Span, satin nickel
3 Lock option:KRB = Key random KSB = Key specific (-$42); specify2 lock cores separately
4 Metal finish price group:STD = Group 1STDM = Group M (+10%)
5 Metal finish designator 6 Wood finish price group:
STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
7 Wood finish designator
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3
12S1554VHR2MW 65MB KRB
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Product Information page 475
Lock Cores page 476
Storage GSA SIN 711-1
D W H Model Price
Door Hinged on Right, File/File Below24" 1415⁄16" 491⁄16" 12S1550VHR2MW $ 2261
5315⁄16" 12S1554VHR2MW 2380
6515⁄16" 12S1566VHR2MW 2497
Door Hinged on Left, File/File Below24" 1415⁄16" 491⁄16" 12S1550VHL2MW $ 2261
5315⁄16" 12S1554VHL2MW 2380
6515⁄16" 12S1566VHL2MW 2497
Standard:• Chassis: metal• Door and drawer fronts: metal• Wardrobe bar: galvanized finish• Two locks for model with open
shelves; three locks for hingeddoor model: black
• One adjustable shelf in 50"Hand 54”H models; twoadjustable shelves in 66"Hmodel
Related Products:• File bars for side-to-side filingSee the Perks Price List.
Kimball Office Systems Page 519
Flat Profile Vertical Storage24"W Storage Towers—Metal
Specifying Tips:• 491⁄16"H models will align with
3.5-high Xsite frames and arecompatible with 50"H Cetra panels.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Pull option:
E = ExtendedARC462 = Arc, cinder (+$15)ARC485 = Arc, dark chocolate (+$15)ARC501 = Arc, platinum (+$15)ARC503 = Arc, satin nickel (+$15)ARC505 = Arc, satin bronze (+$15) ARC514 = Arc, carbon metallic (+$15) 65CM = Dome, carbon metallic (+$15)65MB = Dome, matte black (+$15)65PL = Dome, platinum (+$15)65PA = Dome, polished argent (+$15)65SN = Dome, satin nickel (+$15)66CM = Span, carbon metallic (+$15)66MB = Span, matte black (+$15)66PL = Span, platinum (+$15)66PA = Span, polished argent (+$15)66SN = Span, satin nickel (+$15)
3 Lock option:KRB = Key random KSB = Key specific (-$21 per lock);specify lock core(s) separately
4 Metal finish price group:STD = Group 1STDM = Group M (+10%)
5 Metal finish designator
Sample (base model underlined):1 2 3
12S2454VBWHR2M E KRB4 5
STD 462
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Product Information page 475
Lock Cores page 476
Storage GSA SIN 711-1
Footprint Storage
D W H Model Price
Wardrobe, Open Shelves, and File/FileWardrobe Right
237⁄8" 24" 491⁄16" 12S2450VBWHR2M $ 1770
5315⁄16" 12S2454VBWHR2M 1864
6515⁄16" 12S2466VBWHR2M 2011
Wardrobe Left
237⁄8" 24" 491⁄16" 12S2450VBWHL2M $ 1770
5315⁄16" 12S2454VBWHL2M 1864
6515⁄16" 12S2466VBWHL2M 2011
Wardrobe, Hinged Door, and File/FileWardrobe Right
237⁄8" 24" 491⁄16" 12S2450VHHR2M $ 1561
5315⁄16" 12S2454VHHR2M 1685
6515⁄16" 12S2466VHHR2M 1870
Wardrobe Left
237⁄8" 24" 491⁄16" 12S2450VHHL2M $ 1561
5315⁄16" 12S2454VHHL2M 1685
6515⁄16" 12S2466VHHL2M 1870
Kimball Office Systems Page 520
Flat Profile Vertical Storage24"W Storage Towers—Metal with Wood Front
FootprintSee page
Finishes & Materials page 527
Product Information page 475
Lock Cores page 476
Storage GSA SIN 711-1
Standard:• Chassis: metal• Door/drawer fronts: wood • Wardrobe bar: galvanized finish• Three locks: black• One adjustable shelf in 50"H
and 54”H models; twoadjustable shelves in 66"Hmodel
Related Products:• File bars for side-to-side filingSee the Perks Price List.
Specifying Tips:• 491⁄16"H models will align with
3.5-high Xsite frames and arecompatible with 50"H Cetra panels.
How to Specify:1 Model2 Pull option:
ARC462 = Arc, cinderARC485 = Arc, dark chocolateARC501 = Arc, platinum ARC503 = Arc, satin nickelARC505 = Arc, satin bronze ARC514 = Arc, carbon metallic 65CM = Dome, carbon metallic65MB = Dome, matte black65PL = Dome, platinum65PA = Dome, polished argent65SN = Dome, satin nickel66CM = Span, carbon metallic66MB = Span, matte black66PL = Span, platinum66PA = Span, polished argent66SN = Span, satin nickel
3 Lock option:KRB = Key random KSB = Key specific (-$63); specify3 lock cores separately
4 Metal finish price group:STD = Group 1STDM = Group M (+10%)
5 Metal finish designator 6 Wood finish price group:
STD = Group 1STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
7 Wood finish designator
D W H Model Price
Wardrobe, Hinged Door, and File/FileWardrobe Right
24" 24" 491⁄16" 12S2450VHHR2MW $ 3090
5315⁄16" 12S2454VHHR2MW 3253
6515⁄16" 12S2466VHHR2MW 3508
Wardrobe Left
24" 24" 491⁄16" 12S2450VHHL2MW $ 3090
5315⁄16" 12S2454VHHL2MW 3253
6515⁄16" 12S2466VHHL2MW 3508
Top Related